# German translation of the Gnome Human Interface Guidelines.
# Copyright (C) 2014 gnome-devel-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-devel-docs package.
# Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>, 2014.
# Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2015-2017.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gnome-devel-docs master\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-09-22 16:04+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-01 18:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 2.0.3\n"

#. (itstool) path: p/link
#: C/legal.xml:5
msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 4.0 International License"
msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 4.0 International License"

#. (itstool) path: license/p
#: C/legal.xml:4
msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
msgstr "Dieses Werk ist unter <_:link-1/> lizenziert."

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"Christian Kirbach <christian.kirbach@gmail.com>, 2014\n"
"Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2016"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/action-bars.page:7
msgid "Bottom bar that contains actions"
msgstr "Fußleiste, die Aktionen enthält"

#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/action-bars.page:9 C/application-basics.page:7 C/application-menus.page:9
#: C/button-menus.page:8 C/buttons.page:8 C/check-boxes.page:8
#: C/compatibility.page:7 C/design-principles.page:7 C/dialogs.page:9
#: C/display-compatibility.page:7 C/drop-down-lists.page:8
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:10 C/grids.page:10 C/header-bar-menus.page:10
#: C/header-bars.page:10 C/icons-and-artwork.page:7 C/index.page:8
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:10 C/info-bars.page:10 C/keyboard-input.page:8
#: C/lists.page:11 C/menu-bars.page:8 C/menus.page:8 C/notifications.page:10
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:9 C/patterns.page:7
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:7 C/popovers.page:8 C/primary-windows.page:9
#: C/progress-bars.page:8 C/progress-spinners.page:8 C/radio-buttons.page:8
#: C/search.page:9 C/selection-mode.page:9 C/sidebar-lists.page:9
#: C/sliders.page:8 C/spin-boxes.page:8 C/switches.page:8 C/tabs.page:8
#: C/text-fields.page:8 C/toolbars.page:8 C/typography.page:7
#: C/ui-elements.page:8 C/view-switchers.page:9 C/visual-layout.page:7
#: C/writing-style.page:10
msgid "Allan Day"
msgstr "Allan Day"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/action-bars.page:15
msgid "Action bars"
msgstr "Aktionsleisten"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/action-bars.page:17
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/action-bar.svg' "
"md5='02ad08b5400b1c64273fde96008043f6'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/action-bars.page:19
msgid ""
"An action bar is a horizontal container that is placed along the bottom edge "
"of a window. It is used to present actions for the content that is displayed "
"above."
msgstr ""
"Eine Aktionsleiste ist ein horizontaler Container, der entlang des unteren "
"Randes eines Fensters platziert wird. Darin werden Aktionen angezeigt, die "
"auf den darüber dargestellten Inhalt angewendet werden können."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/action-bars.page:22 C/application-menus.page:22 C/button-menus.page:25
#: C/dialogs.page:36 C/empty-placeholders.page:23 C/grids.page:23
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:27 C/header-bars.page:29
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:23 C/info-bars.page:23 C/lists.page:24
#: C/menu-bars.page:37 C/menus.page:37 C/notifications.page:21
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:22 C/popovers.page:25 C/primary-windows.page:22
#: C/progress-bars.page:37 C/progress-spinners.page:25 C/search.page:22
#: C/selection-mode.page:24 C/sidebar-lists.page:26 C/sliders.page:37
#: C/spin-boxes.page:37 C/switches.page:25 C/tabs.page:39 C/toolbars.page:37
#: C/view-switchers.page:22
msgid "When to use"
msgstr "Anwendungsfälle"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/action-bars.page:24
msgid ""
"Use an action bar when content items are primarily displayed for editing or "
"management. Since they prominently display potential actions, action bars "
"are not appropriate if content is generally viewed and not edited. In these "
"cases, potential actions can be placed within a <link xref=\"header-bar-menus"
"\">header bar menu</link> instead."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie eine Aktionsleiste, wenn die Objekte des Inhalts primär "
"Bearbeitungs- oder Verwaltungszwecken dienen. Da potenzielle Aktionen "
"deutlich sichtbar angezeigt werden, sind Aktionsleisten unangebracht, wenn "
"der Inhalt allgemein betrachtet und nicht bearbeitet wird. In solchen Fällen "
"können potenzielle Aktionen in einem <link xref=\"header-bar-menus"
"\">Kopfleistenmenü</link> angezeigt werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/action-bars.page:26
msgid ""
"Action bars can be shown temporarily, when a <link xref=\"selection-mode"
"\">selection</link> or edit mode is active."
msgstr ""
"Aktionsleisten können temporär angezeigt werden, wenn ein <link xref="
"\"selection-mode\">Auswahl-</link> oder Bearbeitungsmodus aktiv ist."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/action-bars.page:31 C/check-boxes.page:37 C/empty-placeholders.page:34
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:34 C/info-bars.page:34
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:31 C/radio-buttons.page:37 C/sidebar-lists.page:43
#: C/sliders.page:53 C/writing-style.page:42
msgid "Guidelines"
msgstr "Richtlinien"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/action-bars.page:34
msgid ""
"Group sets of similar functionality together, by aligning them to the left "
"and right of the action bar, or by using separators. The most commonly used "
"items should be placed on the left."
msgstr ""
"Fassen Sie ähnliche Funktionalitäten zusammen, indem Sie sie an der rechten "
"und linken Seite der Aktionsleiste zusammen, oder verwenden Sie Trenner. Die "
"am häufigsten genutzten Objekte sollten links platziert werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/action-bars.page:35
msgid ""
"Try to separate potentially destructive actions, and <link xref="
"\"buttons#suggested-and-destructive\">style them appropriately</link>."
msgstr ""
"Versuchen Sie, potenziell destruktive Aktionen von den anderen zu trennen, "
"und <link xref=\"buttons#suggested-and-destructive\">machen Sie sie "
"entsprechend kenntlich</link>."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/action-bars.page:41 C/application-menus.page:70 C/buttons.page:89
#: C/check-boxes.page:59 C/dialogs.page:169 C/grids.page:44
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:48 C/header-bars.page:72 C/info-bars.page:46
#: C/lists.page:148 C/menu-bars.page:106 C/menus.page:73
#: C/notifications.page:105 C/popovers.page:64 C/primary-windows.page:85
#: C/progress-bars.page:129 C/progress-spinners.page:51 C/radio-buttons.page:53
#: C/search.page:72 C/sidebar-lists.page:54 C/sliders.page:69
#: C/spin-boxes.page:68 C/switches.page:43 C/tabs.page:99 C/text-fields.page:68
#: C/toolbars.page:60 C/view-switchers.page:46
msgid "API reference"
msgstr "API-Referenz"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/action-bars.page:43
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkActionBar.html"
"\">GtkActionBar</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkActionBar.html"
"\">GtkActionBar</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/application-basics.page:11
msgid "Basic application characteristics."
msgstr "Grundlegende Anwendungscharakteristiken"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/application-basics.page:14
msgid "Application basics"
msgstr "Grundlagen für Anwendungen"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/application-basics.page:16
msgid ""
"These Human Interface Guidelines are intended to help with the creation of "
"applications. An understanding of what an application is will help you to "
"distribute your software more effectively, as well as ensure effective and "
"consistent system integration."
msgstr ""
"Diese Richtlinien für Benutzeroberflächen sollen bei der Erstellung von "
"Anwendungen helfen. Das Verständnis, was eine Anwendung ist, wird Ihnen "
"dabei helfen, Ihre Software effektiver zu verteilen und auch die effektive "
"und konsistente Systemintegration sicher stellen."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/application-basics.page:18
msgid ""
"The application model allows users to understand how software is "
"distributed, installed and removed, as well as how that software behaves "
"when in use. Ensuring that your software behaves according to this model "
"will therefore help to ensure that it is predictable and conforms to user "
"expectations. It will also ensure correct integration with system tools for "
"installing and removing applications."
msgstr ""
"Das Anwendungsmodell ermöglicht Benutzern sowohl zu verstehen, wie Software "
"verteilt, installiert und entfernt wird, als auch wie sich Software im "
"laufenden Betrieb verhält. Wenn sich Software entsprechend dieses Modells "
"verhält, hilft dies dabei, das Verhalten gewissermaßen vorherzusagen, indem "
"es den Erwartungen des Benutzers entspricht. Außerdem wird die korrekte "
"Integration in Systemwerkzeuge für die Installation und Entfernung von "
"Anwendungen sicher gestellt."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/application-basics.page:21
msgid "Defining an application"
msgstr "Definition einer Anwendung"

#. (itstool) path: quote/p
#: C/application-basics.page:23
msgid ""
"An application is a distinct and independent piece of software that "
"incorporates useful functionality, and which can be installed on a user’s "
"system."
msgstr ""
"Eine Anwendung ist eine klare und unabhängige Software, die nützliche "
"Funktionalität bereitstellt und die auf dem System des Benutzers installiert "
"werden kann."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-basics.page:25
msgid ""
"This definition can be broken down into a set of characteristics, which "
"describe an application in more detail. Applications:"
msgstr ""
"Diese Definition kann in eine Reihe von Charakteristiken aufgeschlüsselt "
"werden, die eine Anwendung detailliert beschreiben. Anwendungen:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:28
msgid "Can be individually installed and removed from the system."
msgstr ""
"können individuell auf dem System installiert und davon entfernt werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:29
msgid "Do not rely on other applications in order to run."
msgstr "sind für die Ausführung nicht von anderen Anwendungen abhängig."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:30
msgid "Contain functionality of their own."
msgstr "stellen eigene Funktionalität bereit."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:31
msgid ""
"Provide at least one <link xref=\"primary-windows\">primary window</link>."
msgstr ""
"haben mindestens ein <link xref=\"primary-windows\">primäres Fenster</link>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:32
msgid "Do not affect or interfere with the behavior of other applications."
msgstr ""
"beeinflussen oder überschneiden sich nicht mit dem Verhalten anderer "
"Anwendungen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:33
msgid ""
"Have a unique name and <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#application-icons"
"\">icon</link>."
msgstr ""
"haben einen eindeutigen Namen und ein eindeutiges <link xref=\"icons-and-"
"artwork#application-icons\">Symbol</link>."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-basics.page:36
msgid ""
"At the heart of this definition is a model that allows the modular "
"installation and use of 3rd party software, in a way that avoids dependency "
"issues and ensures simplicity of use."
msgstr ""
"Kern dieser Definition ist ein Modell, das die modulare Installation von "
"Software von Drittanbietern ermöglicht, und zwar auf eine Weise, die "
"Abhängigkeitsprobleme vermeidet und einfache Benutzung gewährleistet."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-basics.page:38
msgid ""
"In GNOME 3, only software that conforms to these characteristics should "
"install an application launcher."
msgstr ""
"In GNOME 3 sollte nur Software, die diesen Charakteristiken entspricht, "
"einen Anwendungsstarter installieren."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/application-basics.page:49
msgid "Naming your application"
msgstr "Benennung Ihrer Anwendung"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-basics.page:51
msgid ""
"An application’s name is vital. It is what users will be first exposed to, "
"and will help them decide whether they want to use an application or not. It "
"is a major part of your application’s public face."
msgstr ""
"Ein Anwendungsname ist vital. Er ist das, womit Benutzer zuerst in Berührung "
"kommen, und hilft ihnen bei der Entscheidung, ob Sie eine Anwendung "
"verwenden wollen oder nicht. Er ist der wichtigste Teil der öffentlichen "
"Erscheinung Ihrer Anwendung."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-basics.page:53
msgid "An application name plays a number of functions:"
msgstr "Ein Anwendungsname erfüllt eine Reihe von Funktionen:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:56
msgid "It must advertise your application to potential users."
msgstr "Er muss bei potenziellen Benutzern für Ihre Anwendung werben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:57
msgid ""
"It should serve to reinforce a positive identity, and have expressive "
"qualities."
msgstr "Er sollte eine positive Identität übermitteln und ausdrucksstark sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-basics.page:58
msgid ""
"It needs to identify your application in the systems where it is installed "
"and run."
msgstr ""
"Er dient zur Identifikation Ihrer Anwendung auf den Systemen, wo diese "
"installiert ist und ausgeführt wird."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-basics.page:61
msgid ""
"Ensure that your application name is short - fewer than 15 characters. This "
"will ensure that it is always displayed in full within a GNOME 3 environment."
msgstr ""
"Halten Sie den Namen Ihrer Anwendung kurz – weniger als 15 Zeichen. Das "
"stellt sicher, dass er in GNOME 3 stets vollständig angezeigt werden kann."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-basics.page:63
msgid ""
"Additionally, choose an application name that is easy to understand and "
"communicates your application’s functionality. Avoid references which will "
"not be understood or be familiar to potential users, such as obscure "
"cultural references, inside jokes and acronyms. Instead, pick a name that "
"references what your application does, or the domain in which it operates."
msgstr ""
"Außerdem sollten Sie einen leicht verständlichen Anwendungsnamen wählen, der "
"die Funktionalität Ihrer Anwendung vermittelt. Vermeiden Sie Namen, die von "
"potenziellen Benutzern nicht verstanden werden, wie beispielsweise obskure "
"kulturelle Referenzen, Insiderwitze und Akronyme. Wählen Sie besser einen "
"Namen, der sich auf die Aufgaben Ihrer Anwendung oder den Bereich bezieht, "
"in dem sie arbeitet."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/application-menus.page:7
msgid "Global application menu that is accessed from the top bar"
msgstr "Globales Anwendungsmenü, das über die obere Leiste erreichbar ist"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/application-menus.page:15
msgid "Application menus"
msgstr "Anwendungsmenüs"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/application-menus.page:17
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/application-menu.svg' "
"md5='8bea5133bb3717c30f4719c98cf38180'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/application-menus.page:19
msgid ""
"Application menus provide access to global, top level actions and options "
"for your application. These include standard items for accessing "
"documentation and information about the application."
msgstr ""
"Anwendungsmenüs gewähren Zugriff auf globale Aktionen der obersten Ebene und "
"Optionen Ihrer Anwendung. Diese umfassen Standardeinträge wie die "
"Dokumentation und Informationen zu Ihrer Anwendung."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-menus.page:24
msgid ""
"Application menus are a standard part of GNOME 3, and every application that "
"runs under GNOME 3 should have one."
msgstr ""
"Anwendungsmenüs sind ein grundlegender Bestandteil von GNOME 3. Jede "
"Anwendung, die unter GNOME 3 läuft, sollte eines haben."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/application-menus.page:29 C/button-menus.page:47 C/dialogs.page:155
#: C/display-compatibility.page:21 C/drop-down-lists.page:34 C/grids.page:32
#: C/lists.page:133 C/menu-bars.page:93 C/menus.page:61
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:40 C/popovers.page:55
#: C/primary-windows.page:70 C/progress-bars.page:117
#: C/progress-spinners.page:38 C/spin-boxes.page:58 C/toolbars.page:46
#: C/visual-layout.page:33
msgid "General guidelines"
msgstr "Allgemeine Richtlinien"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-menus.page:32
msgid "Follow the standard <link xref=\"menus\">guidance for menus</link>."
msgstr "Folgen Sie dem Standard für <link xref=\"menus\">Menüs</link>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-menus.page:33
msgid ""
"Only include menu items that relate to the application as a whole, such as "
"application preferences. Items that are specific to a particular window or "
"view, or which act on content within an application window, should not be "
"included."
msgstr ""
"Platzieren Sie dort nur Menüeinträge, die für die Anwendung als Ganzes "
"gelten, wie beispielsweise die Einstellungen. Einträge, die sich nur auf ein "
"bestimmtes Fenster oder eine bestimmte Ansicht beziehen oder auf den Inhalt "
"des Anwendungsfensters angewendet werden, sollten dort nicht zu finden sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-menus.page:34
msgid ""
"If an item from the application menu is frequently used, consider moving it "
"to a more accessible location."
msgstr ""
"Wenn ein Eintrag eines Anwendungsmenüs häufig genutzt wird, sollten Sie "
"erwägen, diesen an einen besser erreichbaren Ort zu verschieben."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/application-menus.page:40
msgid "Standard menu items"
msgstr "Standard-Menüeinträge"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/application-menus.page:42
msgid ""
"Common application menu items include <gui>New Window</gui>, "
"<gui>Preferences</gui>, <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>About</gui> and <gui>Quit</"
"gui>. <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>About</gui> and <gui>Quit</gui> should be "
"contained within their own group at the bottom of the menu."
msgstr ""
"Häufig verwendete Einträge für Anwendungsmenüs sind <gui>New Window</gui>, "
"<gui>Preferences</gui>, <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>About</gui> und <gui>Quit</"
"gui>. <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>About</gui> und <gui>Quit</gui> sollten in einer "
"eigenen Gruppe zusammengefasst am unteren Ende des Menüs erscheinen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:46
msgid "<gui>New Window</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>New Window</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:47
msgid ""
"Opens a new window. Only <link xref=\"primary-windows#application-types"
"\">multiple instance applications</link> should include this menu item. If "
"the new window contains a specific type of content item, or simultaneously "
"performs an action, rename it to be less generic. For example: <gui>New "
"Connection</gui> or <gui>New Document</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Öffnet ein neues Fenster. Nur in Anwendungen, die die Ausführung <link xref="
"\"primary-windows#application-types\">mehrerer Instanzen</link> erlauben, "
"sollte eine solcher Menüeintrag sichtbar sein. Wenn das neue Fenster einen "
"spezifischen Inhaltstyp anzeigt oder eine Aktion simultan ausführt, benennen "
"Sie es um, um es besser unterscheidbar zu machen. Beispiele:<gui>New "
"Connection</gui> oder <gui>New Document</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:50
msgid "<gui>Preferences</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Preferences</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:51
msgid ""
"Opens the application's preferences dialog. Only show this menu item if your "
"application has a preferences dialog."
msgstr ""
"Öffnet den Einstellungsdialog der Anwendung. Verwenden Sie diesen "
"Menüeintrag nur dann, wenn Ihre Anwendung tatsächlich über einen "
"Einstellungsdialog verfügt."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:54 C/keyboard-input.page:286
msgid "<gui>Help</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Help</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:55
msgid ""
"Opens your application's user documentation in the <app>Help</app> "
"application. Only show this menu item if your application has user "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
"Öffnet die Benutzerdokumentation in der Anwendung <app>Help</app>. Verwenden "
"Sie diesen Menüeintrag nur dann, wenn Ihre Anwendung tatsächlich über einen "
"Benutzerdokumentation verfügt."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:58 C/keyboard-input.page:291
msgid "<gui>About</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>About</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:59
msgid ""
"Opens the application's about dialog. Every application menu should include "
"this item."
msgstr ""
"Öffnet den Informationsdialog der Anwendung, den es in jeder Anwendung geben "
"sollte."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:62 C/keyboard-input.page:296
msgid "<gui>Quit</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Quit</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/application-menus.page:63
msgid ""
"Closes the application, including all application windows. Every application "
"menu should include this item."
msgstr ""
"Schließt die Anwendung und alle geöffneten Fenster. Dieser Eintrag sollte in "
"jedem Anwendungsmenü zu finden sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/application-menus.page:72
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkApplication.html"
"\">GtkApplication</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkApplication.html"
"\">GtkApplication</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/button-menus.page:18
msgid "Button menus"
msgstr "Knopfmenüs"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/button-menus.page:20
msgid ""
"A menu that is opened by pressing a button. They can be incorporated into a "
"range of container widgets, such as header bars, action bars, sidebars or "
"toolbars. <link xref=\"header-bar-menus\">Header bar menus</link> are the "
"most common example."
msgstr ""
"Ein Menü, das durch Anklicken eines Knopfes geöffnet wird. Dieses kann in "
"eine Reihe von Container-Widgets eingebettet werden, zum Beispiel "
"Kopfleisten, Aktionsleisten, Seitenleisten oder Werkzeugleisten. <link xref="
"\"header-bar-menus\">Kopfleistenmenüs</link> sind das bekannteste Beispiel."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/button-menus.page:22
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/button-menu.svg' "
"md5='c0f736dc3284a5aa37d86fdfc2f27454'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/button-menus.page:27
msgid ""
"A menu button is a way to present additional actions or options. They are "
"appropriate when it is necessary to provide secondary actions or options "
"which cannot be comfortably incorporated into your primary user interface. "
"There are two primary types of button menu:"
msgstr ""
"Ein Menüknopf stellt eine Möglichkeit dar, zusätzliche Aktionen oder "
"Optionen anzubieten. Er ist sinnvoll, wenn es erforderlich ist, sekundäre "
"Optionen zur Verfügung zu stellen oder solche, die sich nicht komfortable in "
"die primäre Benutzerschnittstelle integrieren lassen. Es gibt zwei primäre "
"Typen eines Knopfmenüs:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:30
msgid ""
"<em style=\"strong\">Overflow menus</em>: here, the button menu serves as an "
"extension of an existing set of controls. This can be seen in the example of "
"<link xref=\"header-bar-menus\">header bar menus</link>, where the menu acts "
"a continuation of the controls presented in the header bar itself. This "
"approach can be applied to other containers, such as action bars. These "
"generic button menus can contain a variety of miscellaneous items that "
"relate to the context of the menu."
msgstr ""
"<em style=\"strong\">Überlaufmenüs</em>: Hierbei dient das Knopfmenü als "
"Erweiterung einer vorhandenen Anzahl von Bedienelementen. Dargestellt wird "
"ein solches Menü im Beispiel der <link xref=\"header-bar-menus"
"\">Kopfzeilenmenüs</link>, wobei das Menü als eine Art Fortsetzung der "
"Bedienelemente angezeigt wird, die in der Kopfzeile selbst erscheinen. "
"Dieser Ansatz kann auf andere Container angewendet werden, wie "
"beispielsweise Aktionsleisten. Diese generischen Knopfmenüs können eine "
"Reihe verschiedener Einträge enthalten, die sich auf den Kontext des Menüs "
"beziehen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:31
msgid ""
"<em style=\"strong\">Single purpose menus</em>: these provide actions and/or "
"options for a specific area of functionality. In the same way that a menu "
"bar presents a series of menus on different topics, so individual menu "
"buttons can present groups of functionality, such as editing, changing the "
"view, or providing navigation controls."
msgstr ""
"<em style=\"strong\">Einzweckmenüs</em>: Diese stellen Aktionen und/oder "
"Optionen für einen spezifischen Funktionalitätsbereich bereit. Auf die "
"gleiche Weise, wie eine Menüleiste eine Reihe von Menüs unterschiedlicher "
"Thematik darstellt, können individuelle Menüknöpfe funktionelle Gruppen "
"präsentieren, wie Bearbeitung, Ändern der Ansicht oder Anzeigen von "
"Steuerelementen zur Navigation."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/button-menus.page:34
msgid ""
"Menus provide a clear and consistent way to present diverse sets of actions "
"and settings. At the same time, a popover with embedded controls, like "
"buttons, sliders, spin buttons, lists and text entries, can provide a more "
"effective interface for many tasks."
msgstr ""
"Menüs stellen einen klaren und konsistenten Weg zum Anzeigen verschiedener "
"Mengen von Aktionen und Einstellungen bereit. Gleichzeitig kann ein "
"Einblendmenü mit eingebetteten Steuerelementen wie Knöpfen, Schiebereglern, "
"Listen und Texteinträgen eine effektivere Schnittstelle für zahlreiche "
"Aufgaben sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:37
msgid ""
"Evaluate each function within a button menu, in order to decide whether it "
"would be better served by a different <link xref=\"ui-elements\">user "
"interface element</link>. While simple actions or settings can be "
"effectively represented by menu items, others cannot. In particular, "
"sliders, spin buttons, switches and text entries provide functionality that "
"cannot be easily reproduced with a menu. Likewise, some entries might be "
"better represented as icons rather than text - in which case, buttons could "
"be more appropriate than a menu."
msgstr ""
"Überlegen Sie bei jeder Funktion in einem Knopfmenü, ob es vielleicht besser "
"wäre, ein anderes <link xref=\"ui-elements\">Element der "
"Benutzerschnittstelle</link> zu verwenden. Einfache Aktionen oder "
"Einstellungen können durchaus effektiv in Form von Menüeinträgen "
"dargestellt, andere wiederum nicht. Insbesondere Schieberegler, "
"Einstellknöpfe, Schalter und Texteinträge können in einem Menü nicht richtig "
"reproduziert werden. Gleichfalls können einige Einträge besser in Symbolform "
"statt als Text dargestellt werden, wodurch Knöpfe angemessener wären als ein "
"Menü."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:38
msgid ""
"If a menu button contains a small number of items that can be more "
"effectively represented as a group of controls, a popover containing "
"different interface elements can be a more interesting and efficient user "
"interface. However, this approach can easily become over-complex for larger "
"and more diverse button menus."
msgstr ""
"Wenn ein Knopfmenü nur wenige Einträge enthält, kann es effektiver sein, es "
"als eine Gruppe von Bedienelementen darzustellen. Ein Einblendmenü, das "
"verschiedene Schnittstellenelemente enthält, kann Ihnen eine interessantere "
"und effizientere Benutzerschnittstelle bringen. Allerdings kann dieser "
"Ansatz auch zu kompliziert werden, wenn es um größere und differenziertere "
"Knopfmenüs geht."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:39
msgid ""
"A menu button can be combined with a small number of other interface "
"elements, such as buttons, sliders and switches (see example below). This "
"can enable some menu items to be presented in a more space-efficient manner, "
"or to provide interactions that are not possible with a standard menu. "
"However, be careful not to mix too many types of control or make the menu "
"too complex in the process."
msgstr ""
"Ein Menüknopf kann mit einer Reihe von anderen Elementen der "
"Benutzeroberfläche kombiniert werden, wie beispielsweise anderen Knöpfen, "
"Schiebereglern und Schaltern (siehe nachfolgendes Beispiel). Dadurch können "
"einige Menüeinträge platzsparender präsentiert werden, oder Interaktionen, "
"die mit einem herkömmlichen Menü nicht möglich wären. Seien Sie jedoch "
"vorsichtig beim Mischen verschiedener Bedientypen, um das Menü im "
"Bedienablauf nicht zu komplex werden zu lassen."

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/button-menus.page:42
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/hybrid-button-menu.svg' "
"md5='f007dc2c5dc0c25ee85483f31ca85917'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:50
msgid ""
"Each context - whether it is a view or delineated area of your interface - "
"should only include one generic button menu."
msgstr ""
"In jedem Kontext - egal ob in einer Ansicht oder in einem abgegrenzten "
"Bereich der Benutzeroberfläche - sollte nur ein generisches Knopfmenü "
"enthalten sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:51
msgid ""
"Ensure that single purpose button menus are effectively labelled. While an "
"icon is more compact, only use them when they will be commonly understood by "
"your users. The <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\">icon usage guidelines</"
"link> provide more advice on this."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Menüs von Einzweck-Knöpfen sinnvoll beschriftet "
"sind. Ein Symbol ist kompakter, verwenden Sie es nur dann, wenn es generell "
"für Benutzer verständlich ist. In den <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork"
"\">Richtlinien für die Verwendung von Symbolne</link> finden Sie weitere "
"Informationen hierzu."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:52
msgid ""
"Single purpose buttons should be clearly and consistently defined. Their "
"menu items should have an obvious relationship with the overall purpose of "
"the menu."
msgstr ""
"Einzweck-Knöpfe sollten klar und konsistent definiert werden. Die "
"enthaltenen Menüeinträge sollten eine generelle Beziehung zum allgemeinen "
"Zweck des Menüs haben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/button-menus.page:53
msgid ""
"While multiple button menus can be used simultaneously, be careful about "
"introducing too many disclosure points into your user interface. The more of "
"these that you introduce, the harder it will be for users to find the "
"controls they need, and human error will be increased."
msgstr ""
"Zwar sind mehrere Knopfmenüs gleichzeitig verwendbar, doch sollten Sie "
"Vorsicht beim Einrichten von Eingriffspunkten in Ihre Benutzerschnittstelle "
"walten lassen. Je mehr Eingriffspunkte vorhanden sind, umso schwieriger wird "
"es für Benutzer, die nötigen Steuerelemente zu finden. Die Gefahr "
"menschlicher Fehler wird vergrößert."

#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/buttons.page:12 C/check-boxes.page:12 C/dialogs.page:13
#: C/keyboard-input.page:12 C/menu-bars.page:12 C/menus.page:12
#: C/progress-bars.page:12 C/radio-buttons.page:12 C/sliders.page:12
#: C/spin-boxes.page:12 C/tabs.page:12 C/text-fields.page:12 C/toolbars.page:12
#: C/visual-layout.page:11 C/writing-style.page:14
msgid "Calum Benson"
msgstr "Calum Benson"

#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/buttons.page:15 C/check-boxes.page:15 C/dialogs.page:16
#: C/keyboard-input.page:15 C/menu-bars.page:15 C/menus.page:15
#: C/progress-bars.page:15 C/radio-buttons.page:15 C/sliders.page:15
#: C/spin-boxes.page:15 C/tabs.page:15 C/text-fields.page:15 C/toolbars.page:15
#: C/visual-layout.page:14 C/writing-style.page:17
msgid "Adam Elman"
msgstr "Adam Elman"

#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/buttons.page:18 C/check-boxes.page:18 C/dialogs.page:19
#: C/keyboard-input.page:18 C/menu-bars.page:18 C/menus.page:18
#: C/progress-bars.page:18 C/radio-buttons.page:18 C/sliders.page:18
#: C/spin-boxes.page:18 C/tabs.page:18 C/text-fields.page:18 C/toolbars.page:18
#: C/visual-layout.page:17 C/writing-style.page:20
msgid "Seth Nickell"
msgstr "Seth Nickell"

#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/buttons.page:21 C/check-boxes.page:21 C/dialogs.page:22
#: C/keyboard-input.page:21 C/menu-bars.page:21 C/menus.page:21
#: C/progress-bars.page:21 C/radio-buttons.page:21 C/sliders.page:21
#: C/spin-boxes.page:21 C/tabs.page:21 C/text-fields.page:21 C/toolbars.page:21
#: C/visual-layout.page:20 C/writing-style.page:23
msgid "Colin Robertson"
msgstr "Colin Robertson"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/buttons.page:30
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr "Knöpfe"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/buttons.page:32
msgid ""
"Buttons are one of the most common and basic user interface elements. "
"Buttons can be used to perform actions, toggle settings or views, activate "
"tools, or to display dialogs, popovers, or other user interface elements."
msgstr ""
"Knöpfe sind eines der häufigsten und grundlegendsten Elemente der "
"Benutzeroberfläche. Sie können zum Ausführen von Aktionen, Umschalten von "
"Einstellungen oder Ansichten, Aktivieren von Werkzeugen oder zum Anzeigen "
"von Dialogen, Einblenddialogen oder anderen Benutzeroberflächenelementen "
"verwendet werden."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/buttons.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/buttons.svg' "
"md5='8df77034150dc4b1f59d00c46e9e0d0d'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/buttons.page:37 C/text-fields.page:37
msgid "General Guidelines"
msgstr "Allgemeine Richtlinien"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:40
msgid ""
"A button can contain an icon, button, or - more unusually - an image. Follow "
"the icons and artwork guidelines when deciding which to use."
msgstr ""
"Ein Knopf kann ein Symbol oder - weniger häufig anzutreffen - ein Bild "
"enthalten. Beachten Sie die Richtlinien für Symbole und Design, wenn Sie "
"sich entschließen, eines davon zu verwenden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:41
msgid ""
"After pressing a button, the user should expect to see the result of their "
"action within 1 second."
msgstr ""
"Nach dem Anklicken eines Knopfes sollte der Benutzer erwarten können, das "
"Ergebnis der Aktion innerhalb einer Sekunde zu sehen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:42
msgid ""
"Do not use more than one or two different widths of button in the same "
"window, and make all of them the same height. This will help give a pleasing "
"uniform visual appearance to your window that makes it easier to use."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie nicht mehr als zwei verschiedene Knopfbreiten innerhalb des "
"gleichen Fensters, besser nur eine. Sorgen Sie dafür, dass alle Knöpfe die "
"gleiche Höhe haben. Die daraus resultierende einheitlichere visuelle "
"Erscheinung erleichtert die Benutzung."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:43
msgid ""
"Do not assign actions to double-clicking or right-clicking a button. Users "
"are unlikely to discover these actions, and if they do, it will distort "
"their expectations of other buttons on the desktop."
msgstr ""
"Weisen Sie keine Aktionen Knöpfen zu, die mit der rechten Maustaste oder "
"durch Doppelklick ausgeführt werden müssen. Es ist eher unwahrscheinlich, "
"dass Benutzer diese Aktionen erkennen, und wenn doch, werden ihre "
"Erwartungen bei anderen, nur einfach anklickbaren Knöpfen in der "
"Arbeitsumgebung nicht erfüllt."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:44
msgid ""
"Make invalid buttons insensitive, rather than popping up an error message "
"when the user clicks them."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie nicht anklickbare Knöpfe entsprechend dar, anstatt beim "
"Anklicken ein Fenster mit einer Fehlermeldung zu öffnen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:45
msgid ""
"When several buttons are placed next to each other, ensure that they have "
"the same width. This is particularly important for pairs of Cancel and OK "
"buttons."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie mehrere Knöpfe direkt nebeneinander platzieren, sollten diese die "
"gleiche Breite haben. Dies betrifft insbesondere die Knopfpaare für »Cancel« "
"und »OK«."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:46
msgid ""
"In a dialog, one button may be made the default button, which is shown with "
"a different border and is activated by pressing Return. Often this will be "
"the OK or equivalent button. However, if pressing this button by mistake "
"could cause a loss of data, do not set a default button for the window."
msgstr ""
"In einem Dialog kann ein Knopf als Standardknopf festgelegt werden, der mit "
"einer anderen Umrandung angzeigt und mit der Eingabetaste aktiviert wird. "
"Oft wird dies der OK-Knopf oder ein ähnlicher sein. Wenn allerdings "
"unbeabsichtigtes Anklicken dieses Knopfes Datenverlust verursachen kann, "
"legen Sie besser keinen Standardknopf fest."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/buttons.page:52
msgid "Text buttons"
msgstr "Textknöpfe"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:55
msgid ""
"Label all buttons with imperative verbs, using <link xref=\"writing-"
"style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>. For example, <gui>Save</"
"gui>, <gui>Sort</gui> or <gui>Update Now</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Beschriften Sie alle Knöpfe mit imperativen Verben mit <link xref=\"writing-"
"style#capitalization\">groß geschriebenen Anfangsbuchstaben</link>, zum "
"Beispiel <gui>Save</gui>, <gui>Sort</gui> oder <gui>Update Now</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:56
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#ellipses\">ellipses</link> when a button "
"requires further input from the user to complete an action."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie die <link xref=\"writing-style#ellipses\">Ellipsis</link>, "
"wenn ein Knopf weitere Benutzereingaben erfordert, um die Aktion "
"abzuschließen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:57
msgid ""
"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> in "
"the label that allows the user to directly activate the button from the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""
"Versehen Sie die Beschriftung mit einer <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-"
"keys\">Zugriffstaste</link>, die dem Benutzer ermöglicht, den Knopf direkt "
"mit der Tastatur zu aktvieren."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:58
msgid ""
"Keep labels short, so they don't cause a button to use too much space. It is "
"also important to consider how labels will change length when localized."
msgstr ""
"Halten Sie die Beschriftungen möglichst kurz, so dass ein Knopf nicht zu "
"viel Platz benötigt. Sie sollten auch beachten, dass sich die Länge eines "
"Knopfs mit einer lokalisierten Beschriftung ändern kann."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/buttons.page:64
msgid "Toggle buttons"
msgstr "Umschaltknöpfe"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/buttons.page:66
msgid ""
"Toggle buttons look the same as regular buttons, but are used to show or "
"change a state rather than initiate an action. A toggle button’s two states, "
"set and unset, are shown by its appearing “pushed in” or “popped out” "
"respectively."
msgstr ""
"Umschaltknöpfe erscheinen wie gewöhnliche Knöpfe, aber sie werden dazu "
"verwendet, einen Status anzuzeigen oder umzuschalten, anstatt eine Aktion "
"einzuleiten. Ein Umschaltknopf hat zwei Zustände, »gesetzt« und »nicht "
"gesetzt«, die visuell als »gedrückt« oder »nicht gedrückt« angezeigt werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/buttons.page:71
msgid "Linked buttons"
msgstr "Verknüpfte Knöpfe"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/buttons.page:73
msgid ""
"Groups of buttons with a similar function can be grouped. This helps to "
"communicate their similarity. Linking is a common technique for sets of "
"toggle buttons."
msgstr ""
"Knopfgruppen mit ähnlichen Funktionen können zusammengefasst werden. Dies "
"vermittelt dem Benutzer deren Zusammengehörigkeit. Verknüpfung ist eine "
"häufig genutzte Technik für Anordnungen von Umschaltknöpfen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/buttons.page:78
msgid "Suggested and destructive actions"
msgstr "Vorgeschlagene und destruktive Aktionen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/buttons.page:80
msgid ""
"In cases where a button has a particularly important affirmative role, it "
"can be given a suggested style. This highlights the button, and helps to "
"distinguish it from other visible controls."
msgstr ""
"In Fällen, wenn ein Knopf eine bestätigende Bedeutung hat, kann er "
"entsprechend in einem suggestiven Stil dargestellt werden. Dadurch wird der "
"Knopf hervorgehoben, was die Unterscheidung von anderen sichtbaren "
"Bedienelementen erleichtert."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/buttons.page:82
msgid ""
"Buttons which have a destructive consequence, such as removing or deleting a "
"content item, can be given a destructive style. This highlights the button "
"by coloring it, and acts as a warning to the user."
msgstr ""
"Knöpfe, die destruktiv wirken, zum Beispiel ein Objekt entfernen, können in "
"einem destruktiven Stil dargestellt werden. Dadurch wird der Knopf durch "
"spezielle Einfärbung hervorgehoben, um den Benutzer zu warnen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/buttons.page:84
msgid "Each view should only include a single suggested or destructive button."
msgstr ""
"In jeder Ansicht sollte nur ein Knopf mit suggestiver oder destruktiver "
"Wirkung vorhanden sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:92
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkButton.html"
"\">GtkButton</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkButton.html"
"\">GtkButton</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/buttons.page:93
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkToggleButton.html"
"\">GtkToggleButton</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkToggleButton.html"
"\">GtkToggleButton</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/check-boxes.page:30
msgid "Check boxes"
msgstr "Ankreuzfelder"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:32
msgid ""
"Check boxes are used to show or change a setting. Its two states, set and "
"unset, are shown by the presence or absence of a checkmark in the labeled "
"box."
msgstr ""
"Ankreuzfelder werden verwendet, um eine Einstellung anzuzeigen oder zu "
"ändern. Die zwei Zustände »gesetzt« und »nicht gesetzt« werden dadurch "
"angezeigt, dass in dem entsprechenden Feld eine Markierung vorhanden ist "
"oder nicht."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/check-boxes.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/check-boxes.svg' "
"md5='059840695d8cae9ae075c215efabc09f'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:40
msgid ""
"Clicking a check box should not affect the values of any other controls. It "
"may sensitize, insensitize, hide or show other controls, however."
msgstr ""
"Das Anklicken eines Ankreuzfeldes sollte die Werte anderer Bedienelemente "
"nicht beeinflussen. Lediglich die Bedienbarkeit (aktiv oder ausgegraut) "
"anderer Elemente kann dadurch beeinflusst werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:41
msgid ""
"If toggling a check box affects the sensitivity of other controls, place the "
"check box immediately above or to the left of the controls that it affects. "
"This helps to indicate that the controls are dependent on the state of the "
"check box."
msgstr ""
"Falls die Umschaltung eines Ankreuzfeldes die Sensitivität anderer "
"Bedienelemente beeinflusst, platzieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld direkt oberhalb "
"oder neben dem Element, welches dadurch beeinflusst wird. Dies hilft zu "
"erkennen, dass das Bedienelement vom Status des Ankreuzfeldes abhängig ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:42
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
"link> for check box labels, for example <gui>Use custom font</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">Satz-"
"Großschreibung</link> für die Beschriftung von Ankreuzfeldern, zum Beispiel "
"<gui>Use custom font</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:43
msgid ""
"Label check boxes to clearly indicate the effects of both their checked and "
"unchecked states, for example, <gui>Show icons in menus</gui>. If the two "
"states of a check box cannot be clearly communicated, consider using two "
"radio buttons instead so both states can be given labels."
msgstr ""
"Beschriften Sie Ankreuzfelder so, dass die Auswirkung sowohl des aktivierten "
"als auch des deaktivierten Status klar und deutlich sichtbar sind. Sollte "
"sich dies auf diese Weise nicht eindeutig vermitteln lassen, sollten Sie in "
"Betracht ziehen, stattdessen zwei Auswahlknöpfe zu verwenden, die über zwei "
"Beschriftungen Auskunft über den Status geben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:44
msgid ""
"Avoid negative check box labels, as this can be confusing and hard to "
"understand. <gui>Play alert sound</gui> is better than <gui>Disable alert "
"sound</gui>, for example."
msgstr ""
"Vermeiden Sie negative Beschriftungen bei Ankreuzfeldern, da diese "
"möglicherweise verwirrend und schwer zu verstehen sind. Beispielsweise ist "
"<gui>Play alert sound</gui> besser als <gui>Disable alert sound</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:45
msgid ""
"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> in "
"all check box labels that allows the user to set or unset the check box "
"directly from the keyboard."
msgstr ""
"Für alle Beschriftungen von Ankreuzfeldern sollte eine <link xref=\"keyboard-"
"input#access-keys\">Zugriffstaste</link> zur Verfügung stehen, um dem "
"Benutzer zu ermöglichen, den Status des Feldes direkt mit der Tastatur zu "
"ändern."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:46
msgid ""
"If the check box represents a setting in a multiple selection that is set "
"for some objects in the selection and unset for others, show the check box "
"in its mixed state. When a check box is in its mixed state:"
msgstr ""
"Wenn das Ankreuzfeld eine Einstellung in einer Mehrfachauswahl "
"repräsentiert, die für einige Objekte in der Auswahl gesetzt wird, für "
"andere hingegen nicht, dann sollte das Ankreuzfeld in einem gemischten "
"Status dargestellt werden. Folgendes gilt für ein Ankreuzfeld in einem "
"gemischten Status:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:48
msgid ""
"Clicking the box once should check the box, applying that setting (when "
"confirmed) to all the selected objects."
msgstr ""
"Einmaliges Klicken auf das Ankreuzfeld aktiviert es, wobei die Einstellung "
"(sofern bestätigt) auf alle gewählten Objekte angewendet wird."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:49
msgid ""
"Clicking the box a second time should uncheck the box, removing that setting "
"(when confirmed) to all the selected objects."
msgstr ""
"Nochmaliges Klicken auf das Ankreuzfeld deaktiviert es wieder, wobei die "
"Einstellung (sofern bestätigt) von allen gewählten Objekten entfernt wird."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:50
msgid ""
"Clicking the box a third time should return the box to its mixed state, "
"restoring each selected object’s original value for that setting (when "
"confirmed)."
msgstr ""
"Beim dritten Anklicken des Ankreuzfeldes wird dieses in seinen gemischten "
"Status zurückgeführt, wobei für jedes der gewählten Objekte der Ausgangswert "
"der Einstellung wiederhergestellt wird (sofern bestätigt)."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:52
msgid ""
"Label a group of check boxes with a descriptive heading above or to the left "
"of the group."
msgstr ""
"Beschriften Sie eine Gruppe von Ankreuzfeldern mit einer sinnvollen "
"Beschreibung oberhalb oder links von der Gruppe."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:53
msgid ""
"Do not place more than about eight check boxes under the same group heading. "
"If you need more than eight, try to use blank space or heading labels to "
"divide them into smaller groups. Otherwise, consider using a check box list "
"instead— but you probably also need to think about how to simplify your user "
"interface."
msgstr ""
"Platzieren Sie nicht mehr als acht Ankreuzfelder unter einer "
"Gruppenüberschrift. Falls Sie mehr als acht benötigen, sollten Sie Leerraum "
"oder Überschriften verwenden, um diese in kleinere Gruppen zu unterteilen. "
"Oder verwenden Sie stattdessen eine Auswahlliste – aber generell sollten Sie "
"darüber nachdenken, wie Sie Ihre Benutzeroberfläche vereinfachen könnten."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:54
msgid ""
"Try to align groups of check boxes vertically rather than horizontally, as "
"this makes them easier to scan visually. Use horizontal or rectangular "
"alignments only if they greatly improve the layout of the window."
msgstr ""
"Versuchen Sie, Ankreuzfelder vertikal anstatt horizontal anzuordnen, da "
"diese Anordnung visuell leichter zu erfassen ist. Verwenden Sie horizontale "
"oder rechteckige Anordnungen nur dann, wenn sie das Layout des Fensters "
"maßgeblich verbessern."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/check-boxes.page:62
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkCheckButton.html"
"\">GtkCheckButton</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkCheckButton.html"
"\">GtkCheckButton</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/compatibility.page:11 C/index.page:55
msgid "Using the HIG for cross-platform or GNOME 2 style applications."
msgstr ""
"Anwendung der Richtlinien auf plattformübergreifende Software oder Programme "
"im Stil von GNOME 2."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/compatibility.page:14
msgid "Compatibility"
msgstr "Kompatibilität"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/compatibility.page:16
msgid ""
"These Human Interface Guidelines are primarily targeted towards new GTK+ and "
"GNOME applications, with an emphasis on GNOME 3 integration. However, they "
"are also intended to be useful to cross-platform applications, as well as "
"older applications, which may have been designed and implemented in "
"accordance with the GNOME 2 HIG."
msgstr ""
"Diese Richtlinien für Benutzeroberflächen zielen primär auf neue GNOME- und "
"GTK+-Anwendungen ab, wobei der Schwerpunkt wiederum auf der Integration in "
"GNOME 3 liegt. Jedoch sind sie auch für plattformübergreifende und ältere "
"Anwendungen anwendbar, die auf der Grundlage der Richtlinien für GNOME-2-"
"Benutzeroberflächen entworfen und implementiert wurden."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/compatibility.page:19
msgid "Cross-platform compatibility"
msgstr "Plattformübergreifende Kompatibilität"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:21
msgid ""
"The HIG provides cross-platform for those design patterns and UI elements "
"that require special treatment in cross-platform cases. Otherwise, all the "
"design patterns provided in these guidelines can be used in a cross-platform "
"manner."
msgstr ""
"Die Richtlinien für Benutzeroberflächen sind für jene Designmuster und "
"Oberflächenelemente plattformübergreifend, die bei der Programmierung für "
"mehrere Plattformen besondere Aufmerksamkeit erfordern. Ansonsten können "
"alle in diesen Richtlinien besprochenen Designmuster plattformübergreifend "
"genutzt werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:23
msgid ""
"Since some platforms provide system-level integration for <link xref=\"menu-"
"bars\">menu bars</link>, this pattern is of special relevance for cross-"
"platform applications."
msgstr ""
"Da einige Plattformen die Integration von <link xref=\"menu-bars"
"\">Menüleisten</link> bieten, ist dieser Aspekt für plattformübergreifende "
"Anwendungen von besonderer Bedeutung."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/compatibility.page:28
msgid "GNOME 2 compatibility"
msgstr "Kompatibilität mit GNOME 2"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:30
msgid ""
"These Human Interface Guidelines are an evolution of the GNOME 2 HIG, and "
"represent an improvement on the previous version. Applications that follow "
"the new version of the HIG will use space more efficiently, will provide a "
"more focused user experience, and will use modern interpretations of key "
"functionality, such as search, online integration, or notifications."
msgstr ""
"Diese Richtlinien für Benutzeroberflächen sind die Weiterführung jener "
"Richtlinien für GNOME 2 und stellen eine wesentliche Verbesserung dieser "
"früheren Version dar. Anwendungen, die der neuen Version der Richtlinien "
"folgen, sind platzsparender und sind mehr auf das Benutzererlebnis "
"fokussiert. Moderne Interpretationen von Schlüsselfunktionalitäten werden "
"angewendet, zum Beispiel Suchvorgänge, Online-Integration und "
"Benachrichtigungen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:32
msgid ""
"Following some of the design patterns in these guidelines may imply larger-"
"scale design changes for GNOME 2 style applications, particularly if those "
"applications are complex. In particular, replacing window title bars and "
"<link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bars</link> with a <link xref=\"header-bars"
"\">header bar</link> could be a big change for your application."
msgstr ""
"Die Umsetzung einiger der Designmuster in diesen Richtlinien kann für "
"Anwendungen im GNOME-2-Stil weitreichende Designänderungen zur Folge haben, "
"insbesondere dann, wenn die Anwendungen sehr komplex sind. Speziell die "
"Ersetzung der Titelleisten und <link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menüleisten</link> "
"durch eine <link xref=\"header-bars\">Kopfleiste</link> kann für Ihre "
"Anwendung ein bedeutender Umbruch sein."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:34
msgid ""
"However, much of the advice contained within this HIG can be incorporated "
"into GNOME 2 style applications with minimal disruption, and will lead to an "
"improved experience for users. This includes:"
msgstr ""
"Jedoch lassen sich viele der Empfehlungen in diesen Richtlinien mit "
"minimalen Veränderungen in Anwendungen im GNOME-2-Stil integrieren, was zu "
"einem verbesserten Benutzererlebnis führt. Dazu gehören:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/compatibility.page:37
msgid "Utilizing new user interface elements, such as popovers."
msgstr ""
"Nutzung neuer Elemente der Benutzerschnittstelle, wie zum Beispiel "
"Einblendmenüs."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/compatibility.page:38
msgid "Guidance on new GTK+ abilities, like animations."
msgstr "Einführung in neue Fähigkeiten von GTK+, zum Beispiel Animationen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/compatibility.page:39
msgid ""
"Modernized guidance on subjects such as visual layout, typography and icon "
"usage."
msgstr ""
"Modernisierte Anleitung zu Themen wie visuelles Layout, Typografie und "
"Verwendung von Symbolen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:42
msgid ""
"Incorporating these elements of the guidelines can enhance your application "
"without requiring a major redesign, and all GTK+ and GNOME applications can "
"benefit from them."
msgstr ""
"Die Integration dieser Elemente kann Ihre Anwendung verbessern, ohne dass "
"ein völliger Umbau des Designs nötig ist. Alle GTK+- und GNOME-Anwendungen "
"können davon profitieren."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/compatibility.page:44
msgid ""
"These Human Interface Guidelines have been designed to assist you in "
"determining the best design for your application, rather than proposing a "
"single template to be used in all applications. As such, while they "
"recommend <link xref=\"header-bars\">header bars</link> over <link xref="
"\"menu-bars\">menu bars</link>, they provide guidance on both approaches."
msgstr ""
"Diese Richtlinien für Benutzeroberflächen wurden mit dem Ziel entworfen, Sie "
"bei der Wahl des besten Designs für Ihre Anwendung zu unterstützen, anstatt "
"einfach nur eine universelle Vorlage zu liefern, die in allen Anwendungen "
"genutzt wird. Während <link xref=\"header-bars\">Kopfleisten</link> "
"gegenüber <link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menüleisten</link> zu bevorzugen sind, "
"erhalten Sie dennoch Anleitungen zu beiden Ansätzen."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/design-principles.page:11 C/index.page:29
msgid "General design guidelines and advice."
msgstr "Allgemeine Designrichtlinien und Beratung."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/design-principles.page:14
msgid "Design principles"
msgstr "Designprinzipien"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/design-principles.page:16
msgid ""
"The following design principles constitute a set of general rules that, when "
"followed, will enable you to produce a high-quality experience for your "
"users."
msgstr ""
"Die folgenden Designprinzipien bilden einen grundlegenden Satz von Regeln. "
"Wenn Sie diesen folgen, werden Sie in der Lage sein, Ihren Benutzern eine "
"qualitativ hochwertige Anwendung zu bieten."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:19
msgid "Give your application a clear focus"
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihren Anwendungen einen klar umrissenen Schwerpunkt"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Clear, tightly defined goals are the key to good design. Identify a "
"conceptually coherent set of functionality that you want to provide, and be "
"careful to avoid mission creep. An application that tries to do too many "
"disparate things will end up being complex and potentially confusing to "
"users."
msgstr ""
"Klare und knapp definierte Ziele sind der Schlüssel zu einem guten Design. "
"Bestimmen Sie für sich selbst einen konzeptionell kohärenten Satz von "
"Funktionalität, die Sie bereitstellen wollen, und vermeiden Sie ??? Eine "
"Anwendung, die zu viele ungleiche Dinge auf einmal zu tun versucht, wird "
"viel zu komplex werden und den Benutzer potenziell verwirren."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:23
msgid ""
"Remember: the best applications provide an elegant solution to a specific "
"task area."
msgstr ""
"Denken Sie daran: Die besten Anwendungen bieten eine elegante Läsung für "
"einen spezifischen Aufgabenbereich."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:28
msgid "Keep user interface complexity to a minimum"
msgstr "Minimieren Sie die Komplexität der Benutzeroberfläche"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:30
msgid ""
"Every control or piece of information that you add to your application "
"creates additional work for users, and increases the complexity of your "
"application - potentially making it more difficult and less pleasurable to "
"use. Therefore, only include essential controls and information in your "
"application interface."
msgstr ""
"Jeder Bedienelement oder jede Information, das oder die Sie zu Ihrer "
"Anwendung hinzufügen, verursacht zusätzliche Arbeit für den Benutzer und "
"erhöht die Komplexität Ihrer Anwendung. Dadurch wird die Bedienung "
"potenziell komplizierter und weniger angenehm. Daher sollten Sie sich in der "
"Benutzeroberfläche auf essenzielle Bedienelemente und Informationen "
"beschränken."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:32
msgid ""
"When adding a new control or piece of information, always take a moment to "
"question whether it is necessary."
msgstr ""
"Vor dem Hinzufügen neuer Bedienelemente oder Informationen sollten Sie sich "
"stets die Frage stellen, ob dies wirklich notwendig ist."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:37
msgid "Use progressive disclosure to show controls when they are needed"
msgstr ""
"Nutzen Sie progressives Ausblenden, um Bedienelemente dann anzuzeigen, wenn "
"sie gebraucht werden"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:39
msgid ""
"Showing every possible control all the time makes an application harder to "
"use, since users have to navigate controls that are often not relevant. "
"Instead, only show controls when they are needed. This makes applications "
"simpler to use, even if the same amount of functionality is provided."
msgstr ""
"Die ständige Anzeige aller möglichen Bedienelemente erschwert die Benutzung "
"einer Anwendung, da die Benutzer durch Bedienelemente navigieren müssen, die "
"oft gar nicht relevant sind. Zeigen Sie stattdessen Bedienelemente dann an, "
"wenn sie nötig sind. Dies vereinfacht die Benutzung, wobei die "
"bereitgestellte Funktionalität die gleiche ist."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:41
msgid ""
"There are various ways to progressively disclose controls, from using "
"different views or modes, to showing transient or floating controls when "
"particular content items are selected."
msgstr ""
"Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten, Bedienelemente progressiv auszublenden, "
"zum Beispiel durch andere Ansichten oder Modi oder durch vorübergehende oder "
"schwebende Bedienelemente, wenn bestimmte Objekte des Inhalts ausgewählt "
"werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:46
msgid "Require as little work from the user as possible"
msgstr "Halten Sie den Aufwand des Benutzers so gering wie möglich"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:48
msgid ""
"An application that is laborious to use can become the source of irritation, "
"so strive to make your software work for your users, not the other way "
"around. Every time your application requires input from users, either in the "
"form of using controls or providing information, ask yourself whether it is "
"possible to do that work for them."
msgstr ""
"Eine Anwendung, die dem Benutzer viel Arbeit abfordert, kann schnell zu "
"einem Ärgernis werden. Streben Sie danach, Ihre Anwendung für den Benutzer "
"arbeiten zu lassen, und nicht andersherum. Jedes Mal, wenn eine "
"Benutzereingabe gefordert wird, sei es als Auslösen eines Bedienelementes "
"oder als Texteingabe, sollten Sie sich fragen, ob Ihre Anwendung diese "
"Arbeit nicht selbst für den Benutzer tun kann."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:50
msgid ""
"Try to avoid the need for a manual setup screen or assistant, and make it "
"easy to go back to recently used content."
msgstr ""
"Versuchen Sie, manuelle Einrichtung oder einen Einrichtungsassistenten zu "
"vermeiden, und stellen Sie einfache Möglichkeiten bereit, zu kürzlich "
"verwendeten Inhalten zurückzukehren."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:55
msgid "Create a clear hierarchy"
msgstr "Erstellen Sie eine klare Hierarchie"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:57
msgid ""
"People tend to “read” an interface from left to right and top to bottom. "
"Items that are encountered first are seen to be dominant over those that "
"come later. Use this implied hierarchy to communicate which parts of your "
"application are most important."
msgstr ""
"Benutzer tendieren dazu, eine Oberfläche von links nach rechts und von oben "
"nach unten zu »lesen«. Zuerst entdeckte Elemente erscheinen dominant "
"gegenüber jeden, die später gesehen werden. Verwenden Sie diese implizite "
"Hierarchie, um dem Benutzer mitzuteilen, welches die wichtigsten Teile Ihrer "
"Anwendung sind."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:59
msgid ""
"Position the most important controls towards the top-left of your windows, "
"and place dominant controls prior to other controls they affect. See the "
"<link xref=\"visual-layout\">visual layout</link> guidelines for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Positionieren Sie die wichtigsten Bedienelemente oben links in Ihren "
"Fenstern und platzieren Sie dominierende Elemente vor jenen, die dadurch "
"beeinflusst werden. In den Richtlinien zum <link xref=\"visual-layout"
"\">visuellen Layout</link> finden Sie weitere Details hierzu."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:64
msgid "Prioritize content"
msgstr "Priorisieren Sie Inhalte"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:66
msgid ""
"Applications typically present content, whether it is images, text, messages "
"or more complex data. It is this content that your users will be interested "
"in, and too many controls or user interface elements will distract from the "
"focus of their attention."
msgstr ""
"Typischerweise werden in Anwendungen Inhalte präsentiert, seien es Bilder, "
"Texte, Meldungen oder komplexere Daten. Es sind diese Inhalte, die im "
"Interessenbereich des Benutzers liegen. Zu viele Bedienelemente lenken den "
"Benutzer zu sehr von den Dingen ab, die seine Aufmerksamkeit erfordern."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:68
msgid ""
"Give content as much space as possible in your user interface, by reducing "
"the number of controls. Don’t crowd out the primary object of interest with "
"secondary information."
msgstr ""
"Geben Sie dem eigentlichen Inhalt in Ihrer Anwendung so viel Platz wie "
"möglich, indem Sie die Anzahl der Bedienelemente reduzieren. Verdrängen Sie "
"nicht das primär interessante Objekt durch sekundäre Informationen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:73
msgid "Anticipate errors"
msgstr "Rechnen Sie mit Fehlern"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:75
msgid ""
"People make mistakes. Anticipating these mistakes will prevent damaging "
"consequences, and will make your application more pleasurable and satisfying "
"to use. The first line of defense here is to design your application so that "
"mistakes cannot be made. Secondly, if it is possible to make a mistake, make "
"it easy to recover."
msgstr ""
"Leute machen Fehler. Wenn Sie diese erwarten, schützt dies den Benutzer vor "
"negativen Konsequenzen und die Bedienung Ihrer Anwendung wird angenehmer. "
"Die erste Abwehrmaßnahme wäre, Ihre Anwendung so zu entwickeln, dass keine "
"Fehler gemacht werden können. Wenn dies in der Praxis nicht sichergestellt "
"werden kann, bieten Sie Möglichkeiten an, Fehler einfach rückgängig machen "
"zu können."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:77
msgid ""
"Automatically correct potentially invalid input, and always make it possible "
"to undo destructive operations."
msgstr ""
"Korrigieren Sie potenziell falsche Eingaben automatisch, und bieten Sie "
"immer eine Möglichkeit an, destruktive Vorgänge rückgängig zu machen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:82
msgid "Avoid interruptions"
msgstr "Vermeiden Sie Unterbrechungen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:84
msgid ""
"Interruptions cause frustration and annoyance, and prevent people from "
"focusing on what they are interested in. Design your application so that it "
"stays out of the way when it is not in use, and does not surprise when it is "
"in use."
msgstr ""
"Unterbrechungen verursachen Frustration und Ärger und hindern Leute daran, "
"sich auf das zu konzentrieren, woran sie eigentlich interessiert sind. "
"Entwerfen Sie Ihre Anwendung so, dass sie nicht im Weg steht, wenn sie "
"gerade nicht gebraucht wird, und keine Überraschungen bereithält, wenn sie "
"genutzt wird."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:86
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"notifications\">notifications</link> with restraint, always "
"avoid spontaneously popping up dialogs without user intent, and avoid "
"disruptive feedback mechanisms like message dialogs."
msgstr ""
"Setzen Sie <link xref=\"notifications\">Benachrichtigungen</link> "
"zurückhaltend ein, vermeiden Sie stets spontan aufklappende Dialoge, die der "
"Benutzer nicht beabsichtigt hat, und auch unterbrechende "
"Rückmeldemechanismen wie Meldungsdialoge."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:91
msgid "Provide quick and effective search"
msgstr "Stellen Sie schnelle und effektive Suchmöglichkeiten bereit"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:93
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"search\">Search</link> is a powerful mechanism that can be used "
"to quickly find content. Provide it whenever you present large amounts of "
"content, whether in the form of lists or grids. When you provide a search "
"function, it is vital that it is as immediate as possible, and that it "
"returns the results that are sought by your users."
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"search\">Suchen</link> ist ein mächtiger Mechanismus, der zum "
"schnellen Auffinden von Inhalten verwendet werden kann. Stellen Sie eine "
"Suche immer dann zur Verfügung, wenn es um große Inhalte geht, in der Form "
"von Listen oder Gittern. Wenn Sie eine Suchfunktion anbieten, sollte diese "
"so unmittelbar wie möglich reagieren und die Ergebnisse Ihren Benutzern "
"anzeigen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:95
msgid ""
"GNOME 3 also provides an integrated search facility. Integrating application "
"search into this gives people a quick and easy way to access the content "
"provided by your application."
msgstr ""
"GNOME 3 stellt auch einen integrierten Suchmechanismus bereit. Die dortige "
"Integration einer Anwendungssuche öffnet Ihren Benutzern einen schnellen und "
"einfachen Weg, auf Inhalte zuzugreifen, die Ihre Anwendung bereitstellt."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:100
msgid "Use configuration options sparingly"
msgstr "Verwenden Sie Konfigurationsoptionen sparsam"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:102
msgid ""
"Adding options often seems like a simple design fix. However, most people "
"will never see or use configuration options. Instead of adding options, try "
"to make the default behaviour of your application work for as many people as "
"possible."
msgstr ""
"Das Hinzufügen von Optionen scheint oft nur eine einfache Änderung des "
"Designs zu sein. Jedoch werden die meisten Leute niemals "
"Konfigurationsoptionen zu Gesicht bekommen. Anstatt Optionen hinzuzufügen, "
"sollten Sie versuchen, das Standardverhalten Ihrer Anwendung auf die "
"Erwartungen so vieler Benutzer wie möglich abzubilden."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:107
msgid "Give your application an instructive name and an attractive icon"
msgstr ""
"Geben Sie Ihrer Anwendung einen aussagekräftigen Namen und ein attraktives "
"Symbol"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:109
msgid ""
"Your application’s <link xref=\"application-basics#application-names\">name</"
"link> and <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#application-icons\">icon</link> are "
"two of the most expressive things about it, so design them in order to "
"communicate its function and identity. Make sure that people will understand "
"the purpose of your application from its name. Ensure that you have a "
"beautiful, recognizable application icon, to give your application an "
"attractive and distinctive visual identity."
msgstr ""
"Der <link xref=\"application-basics#application-names\">Name</link> und das "
"<link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#application-icons\">Symbol</link> Ihrer "
"Anwendung sind zwei ihrer ausdrucksstärksten Merkmale. Gestalten Sie Name "
"und Symbol so, dass sie die Funktion und Identität Ihrer Anwendung "
"bestmöglich vermitteln. Prüfen Sie, ob die Benutzer den Zweck Ihrer "
"Anwendung bereits aus dem Namen ableiten können. Entwerfen Sie ein schönes "
"Anwendungssymbol mit einem hohen Wiedererkennungswert, um Ihrer Anwendung "
"eine attraktive und unverwechselbare Identität zu verleihen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/design-principles.page:114
msgid "Use emotion and humor (sparingly)"
msgstr "Verwenden Sie Gefühl und Humor (sparsam)"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:116
msgid ""
"Used effectively, emotion and humor can lift the experience provided by your "
"application, and help to develop a positive relationship with your users. Be "
"careful not to over-use these techniques, though - it is far more effective "
"to pick a small number of moments to use emotion, rather than spraying them "
"throughout your user interface."
msgstr ""
"Effektiv verwendet können Gefühl und Humor das von Ihrer Anwendung "
"vermittelte Benutzererlebnis verbessern und dabei helfen, eine positive "
"Beziehung zu Ihren Benutzern aufzubauen. Lassen Sie dennoch Vorsicht walten, "
"um diese Techniken nicht zu überzustrapazieren. Es ist effektiver, an "
"wenigen Stellen an der Benutzeroberfläche Gefühle zu verwenden, anstatt sie "
"nach dem Gießkannenprinzip überall zu verteilen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/design-principles.page:118
msgid ""
"Be welcoming when your application is used for the first time. Using humor "
"when things go wrong is another effective technique."
msgstr ""
"Begrüßen Sie Ihre Benutzer, wenn die Anwendung zum ersten Mal gestartet "
"wird. Der Einsatz von Humor, wenn Dinge schieflaufen, ist eine weitere "
"effektive Technik."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/dialogs.page:7
msgid "Secondary windows that appear over primary, parent windows"
msgstr ""
"Sekundäre Fenster, die über primären, übergeordneten Fenstern erscheinen"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/dialogs.page:27
msgid "Dialog windows"
msgstr "Dialogfenster"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/dialogs.page:29
msgid ""
"Dialogs are secondary windows that appear over a primary, parent window. "
"They are used to present additional information or controls, including "
"preferences and properties, or to present messages or questions."
msgstr ""
"Dialoge sind sekundäre Fenster, die über einem primären, übergeordneten "
"Fenster angezeigt werden. Sie stellen zusätzliche Informationen oder "
"Bedienelemente dar, wie Einstellungen und Eigenschaften, oder zeigen "
"Meldungen oder Fragen an."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/dialogs.page:31
msgid ""
"GTK+ provides a number of stock dialogs that can be used, such as for "
"printing or color selection."
msgstr ""
"GTK+ liefert bereits eine Anzahl vorgefertigter Dialoge mit, die Sie "
"verwenden können, wie beispielsweise zum Drucken oder zur Farbauswahl."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/dialogs.page:33
msgid "There are three basic types of dialogs."
msgstr "Es gibt drei grundlegende Typen von Dialogen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:38
msgid ""
"Dialogs are a commonly recognized design pattern, and there are established "
"conventions for the different types of dialogs that you might want to use. "
"The guidelines on each type of dialog provides further information on this."
msgstr ""
"Dialoge sind ein häufig verwendetes Designmuster. Es gibt etablierte "
"Konventionen für den Einsatz der verschiedenen Dialogtypen, die Sie "
"verwenden können. Die Richtlinien zu jedem der Typen vermitteln weitere "
"Informationen hierzu."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:40
msgid ""
"While dialogs can be an effective way to disclose additional controls or "
"information, they can also be a source of interruption for the user. For "
"this reason, always question whether a dialog is necessary, and work to "
"avoid the situations in which they are required."
msgstr ""
"Während Dialoge einerseits eine effektive Möglichkeit bieten, zusätzliche "
"Bedienelemente oder Informationen bereitzustellen, können Sie beim Benutzer "
"andererseits Unterbrechungen des Arbeitsablaufs verursachen. Stellen Sie "
"sich deshalb immer die Frage, ob ein Dialog erforderlich ist, und versuchen "
"Sie solche Situationen zu vermeiden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:42
msgid "There are many ways to avoid using dialogs:"
msgstr "Es gibt viele Wege, Dialoge zu vermeiden:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:45
msgid "Use inline composition for new messages, records or contacts."
msgstr "Ordnen Sie neue Nachrichten, Kontakte und Ähnliches eingebettet an."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:46
msgid "In-application notifications are an alternative to message dialogs."
msgstr ""
"Eingebettete Benachrichtigungen sind eine Alternative zu Meldungsdialogen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:47
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"popovers\">Popovers</link> can be a way to display additional "
"controls or options in a less disruptive manner."
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"popovers\">Einblenddialoge</link> können zusätzliche "
"Bedienelemente oder Optionen auf eine weniger unterbrechende Weise anzeigen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/dialogs.page:53
msgid "Message Dialogs"
msgstr "Meldungsdialoge"

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/dialogs.page:55
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/message-dialog.svg' "
"md5='e4479594508dc0f561bdb8ddff67af0e'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:57
msgid ""
"Message dialogs are the simplest type of dialog. They present a message or "
"question, along with 1-3 buttons with which to respond. They are always "
"modal, meaning that they prevent access to their parent window. Message "
"dialogs are an appropriate choice when it is essential that the user sees "
"and responds to a message."
msgstr ""
"Meldungsdialoge sind der einfachste Dialogtyp. Es werden Meldungen oder "
"Fragen angezeigt sowie 1 bis 3 Knöpfe, über die der Benutzer antworten kann. "
"Sie sind stets modal, was bedeutet, dass der Zugriff auf das übergeordnete "
"Fenster durch sie verhindert wird. Meldungsdialoge sind eine gute Wahl, wenn "
"es darum geht, dass dem Benutzer eine Meldung angezeigt und eine Antwort "
"angefordert wird."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/dialogs.page:60 C/dialogs.page:83 C/dialogs.page:98
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Beispiele"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:62
msgid ""
"Confirmation dialogs use a message dialog to check - or confirm - that the "
"user wants to carry out an action. They have two buttons: one to confirm "
"that the action should be carried out and one to cancel the action."
msgstr ""
"Bestätigungsdialoge verwenden oft einen Meldungsdialog, um zu prüfen (oder "
"bestätigen zu lassen), dass der Benutzer eine Aktion ausführen will. Sie "
"enthalten zwei Knöpfe, einen zum tatsächlichen Ausführen und einen zum "
"Abbrechen der Aktion."

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/dialogs.page:64
msgid ""
"Confirmation dialogs will often be accidentally or automatically "
"acknowledged, and will not always prevent mistakes from happening. It is "
"often better to provide undo functionality instead."
msgstr ""
"Bestätigungsdialoge werden oft unabsichtlich oder automatisch »abgenickt«, "
"wodurch Fehler nicht immer vermieden werden. Oft ist es besser, eine Routine "
"zum Zurücknehmen von Aktionen anzubieten."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:66
msgid ""
"Error dialogs present an error message to the user. They often include a "
"single button that allows the user to acknowledge and close the dialog."
msgstr ""
"Fehlerdialoge zeigen dem Benutzer eine Fehlermeldung an. Sie enthalten oft "
"einen einzelnen Knopf, mit dem der Benutzer bestätigt, dass er die "
"Fehlermeldung gelesen hat und den Dialog schließen kann."

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/dialogs.page:68
msgid ""
"Error dialogs should generally be a last resort. You should design your "
"application so that errors do not occur, and to automatically recover if "
"something does go wrong."
msgstr ""
"Fehlerdialoge sollten generell der letzte Ausweg sein. Sie sollten Ihre "
"Anwendung so gestalten, dass keine Fehler auftreten und dafür sorgen, dass "
"eine automatische Wiederherstellung möglich ist, wenn dennoch etwas "
"schiefgeht."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/dialogs.page:74
msgid "Action Dialogs"
msgstr "Aktionsdialoge"

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/dialogs.page:76
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/action-dialog.svg' "
"md5='20a282152fc66c385f2fc29281fcb968'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:78
msgid ""
"Action dialogs present options and information about a specific action "
"before it is carried out. They have a heading (which typically describes the "
"action) and two primary buttons - one which allows the action to be carried "
"out and one which cancels it."
msgstr ""
"Aktionsdialoge stellen Optionen und Informationen zu einer spezifischen "
"Aktion bereit, bevor diese ausgeführt wird. Sie haben eine Überschrift (die "
"typischerweise die Aktion beschreibt) und zwei primäre Knöpfe – einen zum "
"Ausführen und einen zum Abbrechen der Aktion."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:80
msgid ""
"Sometimes, the user may be required to choose options before an action can "
"be carried out. In these cases, the affirmative dialog button should be "
"insensitive until the required options have been selected."
msgstr ""
"Gelegentlich ist es notwendig, dass der Benutzer Optionen auswählen soll, "
"bevor eine Aktion ausgeführt wird. In diesen Fällen sollte der bestätigende "
"Dialogknopf ausgegraut werden, bis die benötigten Optionen ausgewählt wurden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:85
msgid ""
"Many of the stock GTK+ dialogs are action dialogs. The print dialog is a "
"good example: it is displayed in response to the user using the print "
"action, and presents information and options for that print action. The two "
"header bar buttons allow the print action to either be cancelled or carried "
"out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/dialogs.page:91
msgid "Presentation Dialogs"
msgstr "Präsentationsdialoge"

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/dialogs.page:93
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/presentation-dialog.svg' "
"md5='0cbb3659eb1ed3fc1cf677fe918df94a'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:95
msgid ""
"Presentation dialogs present information or controls. Like action dialogs, "
"they have a header bar and a subject. However, instead of prefixing an "
"action, their content relates to an application or content item."
msgstr ""
"Präsentationsdialoge stellen Informationen oder Bedienmöglichkeiten bereit. "
"Wie Aktionsdialoge haben sie eine Kopfleiste und ein ??? Jedoch anstelle "
"eine Aktion vorzubereiten, bezieht sich ihr Inhalt auf eine Anwendung oder "
"ein Inhaltselement."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:100
msgid ""
"Preferences and properties are both examples of presentation dialogs, and "
"both present information and settings in relation to a specific entity "
"(either an application or a content item). Properties dialogs are a good "
"example of how dialogs can be used to disclose additional information which "
"is not always needed in the main application window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/dialogs.page:102
msgid ""
"Resist the temptation to provide a preference window for your application. "
"Always question whether additional settings are really necessary. Most "
"people will not bother to investigate the preferences that you provide, and "
"configuration options will contribute to the complexity of your application. "
"Make an effort to ensure that your application design works for everybody "
"without the need to change its settings."
msgstr ""
"Widerstehen Sie der Versuchung, ein Einstellungsfenster für Ihre Anwendung "
"bereitzustellen. Fragen Sie sich stets, ob zusätzliche Einstellungen "
"überhaupt notwendig sind. Die meisten Benutzer bemühen sich nicht damit, die "
"möglichen Einstellungen herauszufinden, außerdem machen "
"Konfigurationsoptionen Ihre Anwendung komplizierter. Versuchen Sie, Ihr "
"Anwendungsdesign so zu gestalten, dass jeder ohne Änderungen der "
"Einstellungen damit arbeiten kann."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/dialogs.page:107
msgid "Instant and Explicit Apply"
msgstr "Unmittelbares und ausdrückliches Anwenden"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:109
msgid ""
"Presentation dialogs are either instant or explicit apply. In instant apply "
"dialogs, changes to settings or values are immediately updated. In contrast, "
"explicit apply dialogs include a button for applying changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:111
msgid ""
"Instant apply should be used wherever possible. Instant apply presentation "
"dialogs have a close button in their header bar, like a <link xref=\"primary-"
"windows\">primary window</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:113
msgid ""
"Explicit apply is only necessary if changes in the dialog have to be applied "
"simultaneously in order to have the desired behaviour. Explicit apply "
"dialogs include a <gui>Done</gui> and <gui>Cancel</gui> button (<gui>Cancel</"
"gui> resets all values in the dialog to the state before it was opened and "
"Done applies all changes and closes the window)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/dialogs.page:119
msgid "Primary buttons"
msgstr "Primäre Knöpfe"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:121
msgid ""
"Message and action dialogs include primary buttons which affect the whole "
"window. The order of these buttons, as well as the labels used, are a key "
"part of the dialog."
msgstr ""
"Meldungs- und Aktionsdialoge beinhalten primäre Knöpfe, die sich auf das "
"gesamte Fenster auswirken. Die Anordnung der Knöpfe und deren Beschriftung "
"nehmen innerhalb des Dialoges eine Schlüsselstellung ein."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/dialogs.page:124 C/lists.page:78
msgid "Order"
msgstr "Reihenfolge"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:126
msgid ""
"When a dialog includes an affirmative and a cancel button, always ensure "
"that the cancel button appears first, before the affirmative button. In left-"
"to-right locales, this is on the left."
msgstr ""
"Wenn ein Dialog einen Knopf zum Bestätigen und einen zum Abbruch enthält, "
"platzieren Sie den Abbrechen-Knopf stets vor dem Bestätigen-Knopf. Bei "
"Spracheinstellungen mit Schreibweise von links nach rechts ist dies die "
"linke Seite."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:128
msgid ""
"This button order ensures that users become aware of, and are reminded of, "
"the ability to cancel prior to encountering the affirmative button."
msgstr ""
"Diese Reihenfolge stellt sicher, dass dem Benutzer zuerst die Möglichkeit "
"zum Abbruch signalisiert wird und danach erst die Möglichkeit zum Bestätigen "
"der Aktion."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/dialogs.page:133
msgid "Labels"
msgstr "Beschriftungen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:135
msgid ""
"Label the affirmative primary button with a specific imperative verb, for "
"example: <gui>Save</gui>, <gui>Print</gui>, <gui>Remove</gui>. This is "
"clearer than a generic label like <gui>OK</gui> or <gui>Done</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:137
msgid ""
"Error dialogs typically include a single button which dismisses the dialog. "
"In this case, a specific action does not need to be referenced, and this can "
"be a good opportunity to use humor. <gui>Apology Accepted</gui> or <gui>Got "
"It</gui> are both examples of good labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/dialogs.page:142
msgid "Default action and escape"
msgstr "Vorgabeaktion und Abbruch"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:144
msgid ""
"Assign the return key to activate the primary affirmative button in a dialog "
"(for example <gui>Print</gui> in a print dialog). This is called the default "
"action, and is indicated by a different visual style. Do not make a button "
"the default if its action is irreversible, destructive or otherwise "
"inconvenient to the user. If there is no appropriate button to designate as "
"the default button, do not set one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:146
msgid ""
"You should also ensure that the escape key activates the cancel or close "
"button, should either of them be present. Message dialogs with a single "
"button can have both escape and return bound to the button."
msgstr ""
"Sie sollten auch sicherstellen, dass die Escape-Taste den Cancel- oder Close-"
"Knopf aktiviert, sofern einer davon vorhanden ist. In Meldungsdialogen mit "
"einem einzelnen Knopf kann diesem sowohl die Escape- als auch die "
"Eingabetaste zugeordnet werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/dialogs.page:148
msgid ""
"Binding return and escape in this way provides a predictable and convenient "
"way to continue through a dialog, or to go back."
msgstr ""
"Die Bindung der Eingabe- und Escape-Taste auf diese Weise stellt einen "
"voraussehbaren und bequemen Weg zur weiteren Navigation durch einen Dialog "
"dar oder zurück zu gehen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:158
msgid ""
"Dialog windows should never pop up unexpectedly, and should only ever be "
"displayed in immediate response to a deliberate user action."
msgstr ""
"Dialogfenster sollten niemals unerwartet geöffnet werden und wirklich nur "
"als unmittelbare Reaktion auf eine absichtliche Aktion des Benutzers "
"erscheinen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:159
msgid "Dialogs should always have a parent window."
msgstr "Dialogfenster sollten stets ein Elternfenster haben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:160
msgid ""
"Follow the <link xref=\"visual-layout\">layout guidelines</link> when "
"designing the content of windows."
msgstr ""
"Folgen Sie beim Entwurf von Fensterinhalten den <link xref=\"visual-layout"
"\">Layout-Richtlinien</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:161
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view switchers</link> or <link xref=\"tabs"
"\">tabs</link> to break up controls and information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:162
msgid ""
"Avoid stacking dialog windows on top of one another. Only one dialog window "
"should be displayed at a time."
msgstr ""
"Vermeiden Sie die Stapelung von Dialogfenstern. Niemals sollten mehrere "
"Dialogfenster gleichzeitig angezeigt werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:163
msgid ""
"When opening a dialog, provide initial keyboard focus to the component that "
"you expect users to operate first. This focus is especially important for "
"users who must use a keyboard to navigate your application."
msgstr ""
"Setzen Sie beim Öffnen eines Dialoges den anfänglichen Tastaturfokus auf "
"jenes Element, von dem Sie erwarten, dass die Benutzer es zuerst benötigen. "
"Dieser Fokus ist insbesondere für jene Benutzer von Bedeutung, die beim "
"Navigieren durch Ihre Anwendung auf die ausschließliche Verwendung der "
"Tastatur angewiesen sind."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:171
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkAboutDialog.html"
"\">GtkAboutDialog</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkAboutDialog.html"
"\">GtkAboutDialog</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:172
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkDialog.html"
"\">GtkDialog</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkDialog.html"
"\">GtkDialog</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/dialogs.page:173
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMessageDialog.html"
"\">GtkMessageDialog</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMessageDialog.html"
"\">GtkMessageDialog</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/display-compatibility.page:14
msgid "Display compatibility"
msgstr "Anzeigekompatibilität"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/display-compatibility.page:16
msgid ""
"GNOME 3 supports a variety of device types, including desktops, laptops and "
"convertibles. This requires that applications be compatible with displays "
"that have different sizes and orientations."
msgstr ""
"GNOME 3 unterstützt eine Reihe von Gerätetypen, wie Desktop-Rechner, Laptops "
"oder Hybrid-Geräte. Das erfordert, dass Anwendungen zu Bildschirmen "
"verschiedener Größe und Ausrichtung kompatibel sein müssen."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/display-compatibility.page:18
msgid ""
"The size requirements stated on this page should be doubled for high-"
"resolution displays (those with greater than 96 PPI)."
msgstr ""
"Die auf dieser Seite ausgewiesenen Anforderungen an die Größe sollten für "
"hochauflösende Bildschirme verdoppelt werden (mit mehr als 96 PPI)."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/display-compatibility.page:24
msgid ""
"It should be possible for all application windows to fit on the smallest "
"recommended displays for GNOME 3. Currently, this is 1024×600 pixels."
msgstr ""
"Es sollte möglich sein, alle Anwendungsfenster in der kleinsten für GNOME 3 "
"empfohlenen Bildschirmauflösung darzustellen. Gegenwärtig sind dies 1024x600 "
"Pixel."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/display-compatibility.page:25
msgid ""
"Ensure that your application works well in portrait orientation. The minimum "
"recommended width for portrait mode is 768 pixels."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihre Anwendung auf Hochformat-Bildschirmen gut "
"funktioniert. Die minimale empfohlene Breite für den Hochformat-Modus ist "
"768 Pixel."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/display-compatibility.page:26
msgid ""
"All primary windows should be resizable. This ensures that transitions "
"between landscape and portrait mode can be automatically handled by the "
"window manager."
msgstr ""
"Die Größe aller primären Fenster sollte sich ändern lassen. Dies stellt "
"sicher, dass das Umschwenken zwischen Hoch- und Querformat automatisch von "
"der Fensterverwaltung geregelt werden kann."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/display-compatibility.page:27
msgid ""
"Test to make sure that your interface works well on large displays. Where "
"possible, scale content to make the best use of available space, or used "
"fixed width layouts to ensure that interface elements maintain effective "
"grouping and alignment."
msgstr ""
"Prüfen Sie, ob Ihre Benutzeroberfläche auf großen Bildschirmen gut "
"funktioniert. Skalieren Sie Inhalte, wo es möglich ist, um den verfügbaren "
"Platz bestmöglich zu nutzen, oder verwenden Sie Anordnungen fester Breite, "
"um sicher zu stellen, dass die Bedienelemente sich effektiv anordnen und "
"gruppieren lassen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/display-compatibility.page:33
msgid "Half-screen snap"
msgstr "Einrasten im halben Bildschirm"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/display-compatibility.page:35
msgid ""
"GNOME 3 allows windows to be snapped to occupy half the width of the "
"display, allowing two windows to be used alongside each other. Half-screen "
"snap is impractical on very small displays. As a rule of thumb, it should be "
"supported on screens that are 1280 pixels or wider, meaning that windows "
"should have a minimum width of no less than 640 pixels."
msgstr ""
"In GNOME 3 können Fenster so eingerastet werden, dass sie die Hälfte des "
"Bildschirms einnehmen. Dadurch können zwei Fenster nebeneinander verwendet "
"werden. Das Einrasten im halben Bildschirm ist auf kleinen Anzeigegeräten "
"nicht praktikabel. Als Faustregel sollten Bildschirme unterstützt werden, "
"die 1280 Pixel breit oder breiter sind, was bedeutet, dass Fenster eine "
"minimale Breite von 640 Pixel oder weniger haben sollten."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/display-compatibility.page:37
msgid ""
"Since half-screen snap is only useful when windows are used in parallel, "
"applications that are used in isolation do not need to support half-screen "
"snap (a music player is a good example of this)."
msgstr ""
"Das Einrasten im halben Bildschirm ist nur sinnvoll, wenn Fenster parallel "
"genutzt werden. Daher müssen isoliert genutzte Anwendungen diesen Einrasttyp "
"nicht unterstützen. Ein gutes Beispiel dafür ist ein Programm zur "
"Musikwiedergabe."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:18
msgid "Drop-down lists"
msgstr "Auswahllisten"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:20
msgid ""
"A drop-down list is a user interface element which allows the user to select "
"from a list of mutually exclusive options. It appears as a button which, "
"when clicked, reveals a list."
msgstr ""
"Eine Auswahlliste ist ein Element der Benutzeroberfläche, das dem Benutzer "
"die Auswahl aus einer Liste sich gegenseitig ausschließender Optionen "
"anzeigt. Im Ausgangszustand erscheint eine Auswahlliste als Knopf und klappt "
"beim Anklicken eine Liste aus."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:22
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/drop-down-list.svg' "
"md5='61a8c690fc1b8f2f72bf825eaf94cb5b'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:24
msgid ""
"Radio buttons or a list will often be preferable to a drop-down list, as "
"they present all the available options at once without any further "
"interaction. At the same time, a drop-down list might be a better choice "
"when:"
msgstr ""
"Auswahlknöpfe oder eine Liste sind häufig einer Auswahlliste vorzuziehen, da "
"diese sämtliche verfügbaren Optionen gleichzeitig ohne weiteren "
"Benutzereingriff anzeigen. Andererseits kann eine Auswahlliste vorteilhafter "
"sein, wenn:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:27
msgid "The number of options is large."
msgstr "die Anzahl der Optionen groß ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:28
msgid "There is little available space."
msgstr "wenig Platz verfügbar ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:29
msgid "The list of options may change over time."
msgstr "die Liste der Optionen zeitlich veränderlich ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:30
msgid ""
"The contents of the hidden part of the menu are obvious from its label and "
"the one selected item. For example, if you have an option menu labelled "
"“Month:” with the item “January” selected, the user might reasonably infer "
"that the menu contains the 12 months of the year without having to look."
msgstr ""
"der Inhalt des verborgenen Teils des Menüs aus dessen Beschriftung und dem "
"ausgewählten Eintrag ersichtlich ist. Wenn ein Optionsmenü beispielsweise "
"mit »Month:« beschriftet ist und »January« ausgewählt ist, kann der Benutzer "
"sinnvollerweise schlussfolgern, dass das Menü die zwölf Monate des Jahres "
"enthält, ohne nachschauen zu müssen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:37
msgid ""
"While GTK+ does provide a specific combobox widget, it is recommended that "
"drop-down lists are constructed using a combination of a button and a "
"popover. This allows more comfortable scrolling for long lists, and allows "
"search to be integrated into the list. Using this approach also allows the "
"current selected item to always be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:38
msgid ""
"If the number of items is very large, provide a search function that filters "
"the list."
msgstr ""
"Wenn die Objekte sehr zahlreich sind, sollten Sie eine Suchfunktion "
"anbieten, über die die Liste gefiltert werden kann."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:39
msgid ""
"Label the drop-down list button with a text label above it or to its left, "
"using <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
"link>. Provide an access key in the label that allows the user to give focus "
"directly to the drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:40
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
"link> for drop-down list items, for example <gui>Switched movement</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:46
msgid "Custom values"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Werte"

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:48
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/drop-down-list-custom-values.svg' "
"md5='352a5302b7cdf1c2bc669bf15176130e'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:50
msgid ""
"A drop-down list can allow custom values to be added to a number of presets, "
"or can be used to enter and select from custom values alone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:53
msgid ""
"Ensure that custom values are ordered in a way that is most useful to users. "
"Alphabetical or recency ordering is common."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie sicher, dass benutzerdefinierte Werte in einer Weise angeordnet "
"werden, die für Benutzer am sinnvollsten sind. Eine alphabetische Anordnung "
"oder nach den neuesten Werten ist am üblichsten."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:54
msgid ""
"When a drop-down list includes both preset and custom values, separate them "
"into separate groups within the list."
msgstr ""
"Wenn eine Auswahlliste sowohl voreingestellte als auch benutzerdefinierte "
"Werte enthält, trennen Sie sie in separate Gruppen innerhalb der Liste."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:55
msgid "Allow custom values to be removed from the list."
msgstr ""
"Ermöglichen Sie, dass benutzerdefinierte Werte aus der Liste entfernt werden "
"können."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:56
msgid "Validate custom values as they are entered, in order to prevent errors."
msgstr ""
"Prüfen Sie benutzerdefinierte Werte bereits während der Eingabe, um Fehler "
"auszuschließen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/drop-down-lists.page:57
msgid ""
"If the drop-down only accepts custom values, and no values have been entered "
"previously, present the custom value entry when the drop-down is opened, "
"instead of showing an empty list."
msgstr ""
"Wenn eine Auswahlliste nur benutzerdefinierte Werte akzeptiert und bisher "
"noch nichts eingegeben wurde, stellen Sie den Eintrag für den "
"benutzerdefinierten direkt nach dem Öffnen der Auswahl dar, anstelle einer "
"leeren Liste."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:8
msgid "Image and text shown when a grid or list is empty"
msgstr "Angezeigtes Bild und Text, wenn ein Gitter oder eine Liste leer ist"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:16
msgid "Empty placeholders"
msgstr "Leere Platzhalter"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:18
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/empty-placeholder.svg' "
"md5='ef36d4ef97fdbc3b43d44e3d355c40c6'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:20
msgid ""
"An empty placeholder is an image and text which fills the space in an empty "
"list or grid."
msgstr ""
"Ein leerer Platzhalter ist ein Bild samt Text, das den Raum in einem leeren "
"Gitter oder einer leeren Liste auffüllt."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:25
msgid ""
"Empty placeholders perform a number of important functions: they prevent "
"confusion and guide the user, and they make your interface look better and "
"more cohesive. They are also one of those nice touches which helps to "
"communicate an attention to detail."
msgstr ""
"Leere Platzhalter haben eine Reihe wichtiger Funktionen: Sie vermeiden "
"Verwirrung und führen den Benutzer, und die Benutzerschnittstelle sieht "
"besser und zusammenhängender aus. Außerdem sind sie eines dieser netten "
"Dinge, die die Aufmerksamkeit des Benutzers auf das Detail lenken."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:27
msgid ""
"An empty placeholder should be displayed whenever a list or grid is empty."
msgstr ""
"Ein leerer Platzhalter sollte immer dann angezeigt werden, wenn eine Liste "
"oder ein Gitter leer ist."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:29
msgid ""
"Empty placeholders should not be displayed when an application is being run "
"for the first time. In these situations an empty state is too negative and "
"<link xref=\"initial-state-placeholder\">a richer, more characterful and "
"positive experience</link> is better."
msgstr ""
"Leere Platzhalter sollten dann nicht angezeigt werden, wenn eine Anwendung "
"zum ersten Mal ausgeführt wird. In diesem Zustand wirkt ein leerer Status zu "
"negativ; ein <link xref=\"initial-state-placeholder\">reichhaltigeres, "
"charaktervolleres und positives Benutzererlebnis</link> wäre besser."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:37
msgid ""
"Follow the standard layout for the size and placement of the image and "
"labels, so that your application is consistent with other GNOME 3 "
"applications."
msgstr ""
"Folgen Sie dem Standardlayout für die Größe und Platzierung des Bildes und "
"der Beschriftung, um die Konsistenz Ihrer Anwendung zu anderen GNOME-3-"
"Anwendungen zu gewährleisten."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:38
msgid ""
"For the image, use a <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#color-vs-symbolic"
"\">symbolic icon</link> that either represents your application, or the type "
"of content that would ordinarily appear in the grid or list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:39
msgid ""
"An empty placeholder should always include a label which communicates the "
"empty state. It is often appropriate to include a smaller subtext which "
"provides additional guidance (such as how to add items). However, this "
"should only be included if there is additional information that it is useful "
"to provide."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/empty-placeholders.page:40
msgid ""
"If there are controls that allow items to be added, it can be appropriate to "
"highlight them using a <link xref=\"buttons#suggested-and-destructive"
"\">suggested style</link> while the list/grid is empty."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/grids.page:8
msgid "Grids of thumbnails or icons"
msgstr "Gitter mit Vorschaubildern oder Symbolen"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/grids.page:16
msgid "Grids"
msgstr "Gitter"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/grids.page:18
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/grid.svg' "
"md5='fec23163b92b7ec5e78a4f39674d07d8'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/grids.page:20
msgid ""
"A grid is one of the primary methods of presenting collections of content in "
"GNOME 3. Grids are often combined with a number of the other design "
"patterns, including <link xref=\"search\">search</link> and <link xref="
"\"selection-mode\">selection mode</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/grids.page:25
msgid ""
"Since the grid view utilizes an image for each item it presents, it is best "
"suited to content that has a visual component, such as documents or photos. "
"If content items don't have a visual component, a <link xref=\"lists\">list "
"view</link> might be more appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/grids.page:27
msgid ""
"Grids and lists can be combined, to offer different views of the same "
"content. This can be useful if content items have additional metadata "
"associated with them, such as creation dates or authorship."
msgstr ""
"Gitter und Listen können kombiniert werden, um verschiedene Ansichten des "
"gleichen Inhalts anzubieten. Das kann sinnvoll sein, wenn Elementen "
"zusätzlich Metadaten zugeordnet sind, wie beispielsweise Erstellungsdaten "
"oder Besitzrechte."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/grids.page:35
msgid "Wherever possible, each item of content should have a unique thumbnail."
msgstr ""
"Wo immer es möglich ist, sollte jedes Element des Inhalts ein eindeutiges "
"Vorschaubild haben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/grids.page:36
msgid ""
"Order the items in the grid according to what will be most useful to people "
"using your application. Ordering content according to most recently used is "
"often the best arrangement."
msgstr ""
"Ordnen Sie die Elemente des Gitters so an, dass sie den Anwendern am "
"nützlichsten sind. Die Anordnung nach den am häufigsten benutzten Elementen "
"ist oft die beste Wahl."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/grids.page:37
msgid ""
"Selecting an item in the grid will typically switch to a dedicated view of "
"that item."
msgstr ""
"Die Auswahl eines Elements im Gitter führt typischerweise dazu, dass dieses "
"in der Ansicht hervorgehoben wird."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/grids.page:38
msgid ""
"Consider combining the grid view search, selection mode and collections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/grids.page:46
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkFlowBox.html"
"\">GtkFlowBox</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkFlowBox.html"
"\">GtkFlowBox</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/grids.page:47
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkIconView.html"
"\">GtkIconView</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkIconView.html"
"\">GtkIconView</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:8
msgid "Common menus shown on the right side of a header bar"
msgstr "An der rechten Seite einer Kopfleiste üblicherweise angezeigte Menüs"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:16
msgid "Header bar menus"
msgstr "Kopfleistenmenüs"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:18
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/header-bar-menu.svg' "
"md5='0e781cf34a40d6c5928bd4564514dc65'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:20
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"header-bars\">Header bars</link> can include a menu which "
"contains actions and options for the current view. These menus are located "
"at the far right side of the header bar."
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"header-bars\">Kopfleisten</link> können ein Menü enthalten, "
"welches Aktionen und Optionen für die aktuelle Ansicht enthält. Diese Menüs "
"befinden sich an der äußersten rechten Seite der Kopfleiste."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:22
msgid ""
"While the most frequently used actions for a view should be placed directly "
"in the header bar, a header bar menu provides access to lesser-used actions. "
"This ensures that the header bar isn’t overwhelmed with less interesting or "
"useful controls."
msgstr ""
"Während die am häufigsten verwendeten Aktionen direkt in der Kopfleiste "
"platziert werden sollten, bietet ein Kopfleistenmenü Zugriff auf weniger oft "
"verwendete Aktionen. Dadurch wird die Kopfleiste nicht mit weniger wichtigen "
"oder nützlichen Bedienelementen überschwemmt."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:24
msgid ""
"In this way, the header bar menus help to create focused views that guide "
"the user towards the most interesting and useful functionality."
msgstr ""
"Auf diese Weise helfen Kopfleistenmenüs beim Erstellen fokussierter "
"Ansichten, die den Benutzer auf die interessantesten und nützlichsten "
"Funktionen lenken."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:29
msgid ""
"Use a header bar menu to present additional actions or options for the "
"current view. They are best used when those actions or options are not used "
"the majority of the time - if there is a set of actions which deserve more "
"prominence in the view, an <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bar</link> "
"might be a better choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:31
msgid ""
"Header bar menus are not a good choice for performing actions on selected "
"content: when content hasn’t been selected, the menu will contain unhelpful "
"insensitive menu items, and when content has been selected, possible actions "
"will not be advertised. <link xref=\"selection-mode\">Selection mode</link> "
"or <link xref=\"popovers\">popovers</link> are a better choice for this "
"situation."
msgstr ""
"Kopfleistenmenüs sind nicht die beste Wahl zum Anwenden von Aktionen auf "
"ausgewählte Inhalte: Wenn keine Inhalt ausgewählt ist, enthält das Menü "
"wenig hilfreiche nicht anklickbare Einträge, und wenn Inhalt ausgewählt ist, "
"werden mögliche Aktionen nicht angeboten. <link xref=\"selection-mode"
"\">Auswahlmodus</link> oder <link xref=\"popovers\">Einblendmenüs</link> "
"sind eine bessere Lösung für solche Situationen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:36
msgid "Guidance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:39
msgid ""
"Header bar menus should only contain actions for the current view or window "
"- this differentiates their content from application menus."
msgstr ""
"Kopfleistenmenüs sollten nur Aktionen enthalten, die in der aktuellen "
"Ansicht oder Fenster relevant sind – das unterscheidet sie von "
"Anwendungsmenüs."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:40
msgid "Follow the <link xref=\"menus\">standard guidelines for menus</link>."
msgstr ""
"Folgen Sie den <link xref=\"menus\">Standard-Richtlinien für Menüs</link>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:41
msgid ""
"A header bar menu is contained within a <link xref=\"popovers\">popover</"
"link>. As such, a header bar menu can include a variety of controls, such as "
"groups of buttons."
msgstr ""
"Ein Kopfleistenmenü ist von einem <link xref=\"popovers\">Einblendmenü</"
"link> umschlossen. Als solches kann ein Kopfleistenmenü verschiedene "
"Bedienelemente enthalten, wie beispielsweise Knopfgruppen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:42
msgid ""
"Header bar menus shouldn’t include a close menu item, since this action is "
"already provided by the header bar. It can also be ambiguous as to what a "
"close menu item refers to."
msgstr ""
"Kopfleistenmenüs sollten keinen Schließen-Eintrag enthalten, da diese Aktion "
"bereits in der Kopfleiste selbst verfügbar ist. Es kann auch zweideutig "
"sein, was ein Schließen-Eintrag bewirkt."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:51 C/menus.page:78
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuButton.html"
"\">GtkMenuButton</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuButton.html"
"\">GtkMenuButton</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bar-menus.page:52 C/menus.page:83 C/popovers.page:68
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkPopoverMenu.html"
"\">GtkPopoverMenu</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkPopoverMenu.html"
"\">GtkPopoverMenu</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/header-bars.page:8
msgid "Element that runs along the top of windows"
msgstr "Element, das an der Oberseite von Fenstern angeordnet ist"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/header-bars.page:16
msgid "Header bars"
msgstr "Kopfleisten"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/header-bars.page:18
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/header-bar.svg' "
"md5='74a8ae325891151985097003f5a43534'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/header-bars.page:20
msgid ""
"Header bars are a common horizontal element which are placed at the top of "
"windows. They play a number of roles:"
msgstr ""
"Kopfleisten sind ein grundlegendes horizontales Element am oberen Rand von "
"Fenstern. Sie erfüllen eine Reihe von Aufgaben:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bars.page:23
msgid ""
"Window controls - header bars allow windows to be moved by dragging, include "
"window control buttons (typically a single close button), and provide access "
"to a window controls menu."
msgstr ""
"Fenstersteuerung – Kopfzeilen ermöglichen das Verschieben von Fenstern durch "
"Ziehen mit der Maus, enthalten Knöpfe zur Fenstersteuerung (üblicherweise "
"ein einzelner Schließen-Knopf) und lassen den Benutzer auf ein Menü zur "
"Fenstersteuerung zugreifen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bars.page:24
msgid ""
"Headings - a key role of a header bar is to provide context for the content "
"of the window, either through a heading or view switcher."
msgstr ""
"Überschriften – eine grundlegende Rolle der Kopfleiste ist die "
"Bereitstellung von Kontext zum Inhalt des Fensters, entweder durch eine "
"Überschrift oder einen Ansichtswechsler."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bars.page:25
msgid ""
"Controls - header bars provide a place for key controls, typically in the "
"form of buttons."
msgstr ""
"Steuerungslemente – Kopfzeilen bieten Platz für Steuerungen, typischerweise "
"in der Form von Knöpfen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bars.page:31
msgid ""
"Header bars are recommended for all application windows. They provide a "
"number of advantages over the traditional combination of title bar, menu bar "
"and toolbar, including a smaller vertical footprint, and dynamic navigation "
"and mode changes (such as with <link xref=\"selection-mode\">selection mode</"
"link>)."
msgstr ""
"Kopfleisten werden für alle Anwendungsfenster empfohlen. Sie haben gegenüber "
"der traditionellen Kombination aus Titelleiste, Menüleiste und "
"Werkzeugleiste eine Reihe von Vorzügen. Dazu gehören eine schmalere "
"vertikale Abbildung, dynamische Navigation und Moduswechsel (wie der <link "
"xref=\"selection-mode\">Auswahlmodus</link>)."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bars.page:33
msgid ""
"Header bars are incompatible with menu bars. If your application already "
"incorporates a menu bar, you should evaluate the alternatives suggested in "
"these guidelines. See the <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bar guidelines</"
"link> for more details on this."
msgstr ""
"Kopfzeilen sind zu herkömmlichen Menüleisten nicht kompatibel. Wenn Ihre "
"Anwendung bereits eine Menüleiste enthält, sollten Sie den Umstieg auf die "
"in diesen Richtlinien erwähnten Alternativen in Erwägung ziehen. In den "
"<link xref=\"menu-bars\">Richtlinien zu Menüleisten</link> finden Sie "
"weitere Details hierzu."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/header-bars.page:38
msgid "Controls"
msgstr "Steuerungen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bars.page:40
msgid ""
"Header bars can contain key controls for the window, which can be placed on "
"the left and right-hand side of the header bar. Examples of these controls "
"include buttons for navigating back and forward, search, and selecting "
"content."
msgstr ""
"Kopfleisten können grundlegende Bedienelemente für das Fenster enthalten, "
"die an der rechten und linken Seite der Kopfleiste platziert werden können. "
"Beispiele für solche Bedienelemente sind Knöpfe zur Vor- und Zurück-"
"Navigation, zum Suchen oder zum Auswählen von Inhalten."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bars.page:42
msgid ""
"Ensure that your header bar only contains a small number of key controls - "
"this will help users to understand the primary functionality provided by the "
"window, and will ensure that the window can be resized to narrow widths."
msgstr ""
"Sorgen Sie dafür, dass Ihre Kopfleiste möglichst wenige Bedienelemente "
"enthält. Das hilft den Benutzern beim besseren Verständnis der primären "
"Funktionalität des Fensters und stellt außerdem sicher, dass das Fenster auf "
"eine möglichst geringe Breite reduziert werden kann."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bars.page:44
msgid ""
"If a window requires more controls than can be comfortably accommodated "
"within the header bar, additional functionality can be included within a "
"header bar menu."
msgstr ""
"Wenn ein Fenster mehr Bedienelemente benötigt, als komfortabel in der "
"Kopfleiste untergebracht werden können, kann zusätzliche Funktionalität über "
"ein Kopfleistenmenü angeboten werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/header-bars.page:49
msgid "Header bars are dynamic"
msgstr "Kopfleisten sind dynamisch"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bars.page:51
msgid ""
"A header bar can - and should - update along with view or mode changes. This "
"ensures that header bar controls are always relevant to the current context."
msgstr ""
"Eine Kopfleiste kann - und sollte - bei Änderungen der Ansicht oder des "
"Modus aktualisiert werden. Dies stellt sicher, dass die Bedienelemente der "
"Kopfleiste stets im aktuellen Kontext relevant sind."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bars.page:53
msgid ""
"If the window includes multiple views (accessed through a <link xref=\"view-"
"switchers\">view switcher</link>), the header bar can include different "
"controls for each view."
msgstr ""
"Falls das Fenster mehrere Ansichten ermöglicht (erreichbar über einen <link "
"xref=\"view-switchers\">Ansichtswechsler</link>), kann die Kopfleiste "
"verschiedene Bedienelemente für jede Ansicht anzeigen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/header-bars.page:55
msgid ""
"If the window incorporates navigation, different controls can be shown "
"depending on the location displayed in the window itself. It is common to "
"show a back button on the left side of the header bar when navigating."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/header-bars.page:60
msgid "Additional guidance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bars.page:63
msgid ""
"A header bar should always provide context for the window it belongs to. "
"This aids window identification, and clarifies what is displayed in the "
"window itself. This can either be done by placing a heading in the center of "
"the header bar, or by including a <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view "
"switcher</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bars.page:64
msgid ""
"Arrange controls within the header bar according to the three alignment "
"points described in the <link xref=\"visual-layout\">visual layout "
"guidelines</link> - left, center and right."
msgstr ""
"Ordnen Sie Bedienelemente innerhalb der Kopfleiste anhand den drei in den "
"<link xref=\"visual-layout\">Richtlinien zum visuellen Layout</link> "
"beschriebenen Punkte an – links, Mitte und rechts."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bars.page:65
msgid ""
"<gui>New</gui> and back buttons should be placed on the left side of the "
"header bar."
msgstr ""
"<gui>New</gui>- und Zurück-Knöpfe sollten an der linken Seite der Kopfleiste "
"platziert werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bars.page:66
msgid ""
"Always ensure that there is room for a header bar to be dragged. This is "
"necessary to enable windows to be moved or resized."
msgstr ""
"Achten Sie darauf, dass immer genügend Platz in der Kopfzeile bleibt, um sie "
"mit der Maus ziehen zu können. Anderenfalls wäre es nicht möglich, Fenster "
"zu verschieben oder deren Größe zu ändern."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/header-bars.page:75
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHeaderBar.html"
"\">GtkHeaderBar</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHeaderBar.html"
"\">GtkHeaderBar</link>"

#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:11 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:11
msgid "Jakub Steiner"
msgstr "Jakub Steiner"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:14
msgid "Selecting and creating icons."
msgstr "Auswahl und Erstellung von Symbolen."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:17
msgid "Icons and artwork"
msgstr "Symbole und grafische Gestaltung"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:19
msgid ""
"Icons play an important role in user interfaces: selecting the correct icon "
"is therefore vital to making sure that your application is usable. An "
"identifying icon is also an essential part of any application, and is a "
"crucial part of its identity."
msgstr ""
"Symbole spielen eine bedeutende Rolle in der Benutzeroberfläche: Die Auswahl "
"eines korrekten Symbols ist daher unerlässlich, um dafür zu sorgen, dass "
"Ihre Anwendung gut benutzbar ist. Ein eindeutiges Symbol ist außerdem ein "
"essenzieller Teil jeder Anwendung und entscheidend für deren Identität."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:22
msgid "Using icons in your user interface"
msgstr "Verwendung von Symbolen in Ihrer Benutzeroberfläche"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:24
msgid ""
"There are many situations when it is necessary to decide between using an "
"icon and a text label, particularly for buttons. Icons have the advantage of "
"being smaller, and not requiring translation. At the same time, the "
"incorrect use of an icon can make your interface hard - or even impossible - "
"to understand."
msgstr ""
"Es gibt viele Situationen, in denen Sie zwischen einem Symbol oder einer "
"Textbeschriftung entscheiden müssen, insbesondere für Knöpfe. Symbole haben "
"den Vorteil, dass sie kleiner sind und deren Inhalte nicht übersetzt werden "
"müssen. Gleichzeitig kann die inkorrekte Verwendung eines Symbols dazu "
"führen, dass Ihre Benutzeroberfläche schwer (oder sogar gar nicht) "
"verständlich ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:27
msgid ""
"Only use icons whose meaning is commonly recognized. If a commonly "
"recognized icon is not available, it might be better to use a text label "
"instead."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie Symbole nur, wenn ihre Bedeutung gemeinhin bekannt ist. Falls "
"ein solches Symbol nicht zur Verfügung steht, sollten Sie besser eine "
"Textbeschriftung verwenden"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:29
msgid ""
"Convention establishes which icons will be recognized. If you are in doubt, "
"stick to icons which are frequently used in other applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:30
msgid ""
"Consider which icons will be meaningful in the specific context of your "
"application - users of specialist tools will often be familiar with domain-"
"specific symbols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:32
msgid ""
"Remember that some icons are only meaningful alongside other icons of the "
"same type. For example, a media icon for stop is simply a square, and may "
"not be identified as a stop icon without other media controls (like play, "
"pause, or skip) being visible close by. Likewise, the icon to remove an item "
"from a list is a subtract symbol (ie. a single line), and will not be "
"recognizable without a corresponding “plus” add icon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:38
msgid "Choosing stock GNOME icons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:40
msgid ""
"GNOME provides a full set of standard icons. These should be used where ever "
"appropriate; try to avoid creating custom icons unless they are absolutely "
"necessary."
msgstr ""
"GNOME stellt eine breite Auswahl an Standardsymbolen bereit. Diese sollten "
"verwendet werden, wo immer es möglich ist. Versuchen Sie, eigene Symbole zu "
"vermeiden, es sei denn, dies ist unbedingt notwendig."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:42
msgid ""
"Follow the icon naming specification when selecting which icons to use - the "
"name of the icon should reflect what the icon is intended to communicate. "
"This is important for those using a screen reader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:44
msgid "You can use the GTK+ icon browser to find recommended icons."
msgstr ""
"Sie können den Symbolbrowser von GTK+ verwenden, um empfohlene Symbole zu "
"suchen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:47
msgid "Color vs. symbolic icons"
msgstr "Farbige im Vergleich zu symbolischen Symbolen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:49
msgid ""
"GNOME 3 provides two types of icon: full-color and monochrome symbolic "
"icons. The guidelines in this HIG indicate when to use which type of icon. "
"The following is a a general guide."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:51
msgid "Full-color icons should be used for:"
msgstr "Farbige Symbole sollten verwendet werden für:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:54
msgid "devices"
msgstr "Geräte"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:55
msgid "filetypes/mimetypes"
msgstr "Dateitypen/MIME-Typen"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:56
msgid "application (launcher) icons"
msgstr "Anwendungssymbole (Starter)"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:59
msgid ""
"All other icons should use the symbolic icon style. In addition, symbolic "
"icons should always be used inside:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:62
msgid "buttons"
msgstr "Knöpfen"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:63
msgid "lists"
msgstr "Listen"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:64
msgid "entry fields"
msgstr "Eintragsfeldern"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:65
msgid ""
"when the background is semi-transparent (such as overlaid media or "
"fullscreen controls)"
msgstr ""
"Wenn der Hintergrund halbtransparent ist (zum Beispiel bei Überlagerungen "
"oder Vollbildsteuerungen)"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:73
msgid "Application icons"
msgstr "Anwendungssymbole"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:75
msgid ""
"Every application should have a unique and beautiful application icon. It is "
"the face of the application, and the first visual element a user sees when "
"browsing for new applications. The <link xref=\"application-basics"
"\">application basics page</link> includes details on what an application "
"is, and when to provide an application icon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:77
msgid ""
"Because application icons are presented at larger sizes, legacy Tango styled "
"48x48 px or SVG icons no longer suffice (lacking detail). It is essential "
"your application has a 256x256 px icon. With the advent of high-DPI "
"displays, a 512x512 px variant is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:79
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/sizes.png' md5='ffd25334db0c9751862cfb3b56e00b5e'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:81
msgid ""
"While not as critical, there are still areas where application icons are "
"presented at a small size. To keep the icon sharp and well defined, a "
"specific rendering is required to sizes of 48x48 px, 32x32 px, 24x24 px and "
"16x16 px. Many GNOME icons also ship a 22x22 px size for legacy reasons, but "
"that isn’t required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:83
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/sizes-small-24.png' "
"md5='73497b1da8a7dad694466f6f1f2f3dab'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:85
msgid ""
"To maintain crispness, a lot of detail is discarded for the low resolution "
"variants and a 1px stroke is used to outline the silhouette of the object."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:87
msgid ""
"More information on designing an application icon can be found below, in the "
"custom full-color icon section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:92
msgid "Custom symbolic icons"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte symbolische Symbole"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:94
msgid ""
"Symbolic icons have a simple form and are drawn within a 16x16 pixel grid. "
"They are then programmatically scaled and colored within the user interface "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:97
msgid ""
"Identify a single property when looking for an appropriate metaphor for an "
"icon, and focus on what distinguishes the idea you want to communicate. For "
"example, when describing an action to be performed on an image, it isn’t "
"necessary to repeat the idea of an image in every icon. Instead, focus on "
"what is distinct about each action (for example: rotate, tag, align)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:98
msgid ""
"Avoid using any perspective in symbolic icons, stick to a simple orthogonal "
"view."
msgstr ""
"Vermeiden Sie perspektivische Darstellungen in symbolischen Symbolen, "
"bleiben Sie stattdessen bei einer strikten rechtwinkligen Ansicht."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:99
msgid ""
"Filled shapes are generally faster to process by the human visual system "
"than wireframe outlines."
msgstr ""
"Ausgefüllte Formen sind in der visuellen Wahrnehmung des Benutzers im "
"Allgemeinen schneller zu erfassen als einfache Umrandungslinien."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:100
msgid ""
"Symbolic icons are recolored at runtime to match the context, very much like "
"a piece of text. While there are ways to “shade” parts of an icon by using "
"opacity or creating duotone/pattern dithering, try avoiding these as much as "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:101
msgid ""
"When a metaphor relies on the negative space, make sure it will work with "
"the colors inverted. For example a camera lens spec/highlight will only work "
"if lighter than the lens itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:104
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/inverting.svg' "
"md5='e4155d9e87e2abe95e70c42185686b5e'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:107
msgid "Size and grid"
msgstr "Größe und Gitter"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:109
msgid ""
"While the icons are scalable and should work in any size, the basic canvas "
"size is 16x16 grid units. You have the whole canvas to fill, but note that a "
"filled rectangular object will appear stronger/larger when placed next to "
"items that only use thinner strokes. Try to keep the contrast of your whole "
"set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:116
msgid "Custom full-color icons"
msgstr "Eigene farbige Symbole"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:118
msgid "Full-color icons are drawn and rendered at a variety of preset sizes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:121
msgid "Perspective"
msgstr "Perspektive"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:123
msgid ""
"Most icons can be executed best by using the “on the table” perspective, as "
"if the observer was standing in front of the object and looking slightly "
"down on it. Many icons can be rendered with a simple “straight on” or “on "
"the shelf” perspective, with the observer looking directly at the object at "
"eye level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:128
msgid "Palette"
msgstr "Farbpalette"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:130
msgid ""
"Use the Tango color palette when designing full color application or device "
"icons."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie die Tango-Farbpalette, wenn Sie farbige Anwendungs- oder "
"Gerätesymbole entwerfen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:134
msgid "Butter"
msgstr "Butter"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:135
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/butter.svg' "
"md5='c34eb57364c0aff827f1efd6d0f8d95a'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:136
msgid "Plum"
msgstr "Pflaume"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:137
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/plum.svg' "
"md5='1b31561d4d572eed6d60745d168ae182'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:140
msgid "Orange"
msgstr "Orange"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:141
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/orange.svg' "
"md5='ceb8453eb65ca31f156fc24f94e191fe'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:142
msgid "Scarlet Red"
msgstr "Scharlachrot"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:143
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/scarlet-red.svg' "
"md5='eb353db730661f5e54f6cfdcc5de785c'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:146
msgid "Chocolate"
msgstr "Schokolade"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:147
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/chocolate.svg' "
"md5='e76cd7a81829ecee767bdadc4eef9851'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:148
msgid "Aluminium"
msgstr "Aluminium"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:149
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/aluminium1.svg' "
"md5='a1d07812dd19a1e94cae3ea6fc9c0a58'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:152
msgid "Chameleon"
msgstr "Chamäleon"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:153
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/chameleon.svg' "
"md5='8dcdfa1116600d8596c376d02facc673'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:155
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/aluminium2.svg' "
"md5='33fe9857e05581ab5fba7a5eb924dc9c'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:158
msgid "Sky Blue"
msgstr "Himmelblau"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:159
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/icons/palette/sky-blue.svg' "
"md5='d1208a61e8e1c66b1ae6229bdd173d2e'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:164
msgid ""
"You are free to use different shades of these colors depending on the "
"desired material effect. However, these primary colors are a good baseline "
"to start from. All major libre graphics packages come with the Tango palette "
"pre-installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:171
msgid "See also"
msgstr "Siehe auch"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:173
msgid ""
"<link href=\"http://tango.freedesktop.org/Tango_Icon_Theme_Guidelines"
"\">Tango Icon Guidelines</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"http://tango.freedesktop.org/Tango_Icon_Theme_Guidelines"
"\">Tango Icon Guidelines</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/index.page:14
msgid "GNOME Human Interface Guidelines"
msgstr "GNOMEs Richtlinien für Benutzeroberflächen"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/index.page:17
msgid ""
"Whether you are a developer or a designer, these guidelines contain "
"everything you need to design effective applications using GTK+. They cover "
"design principles for GNOME 3, common guidelines such as how to write text "
"and use images and icons, as well as a library of design patterns which you "
"can use in your application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/index.page:19
msgid ""
"While the HIG places an emphasis on designing for GNOME 3, it can also be "
"used to create cross-platform applications, as well as for applications that "
"have previously followed the GNOME 2 Human Interface Guidelines. The <link "
"xref=\"compatibility\">compatibility guidelines</link> contain more "
"information on this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:22
msgid "Core material"
msgstr "Kernmaterial"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/index.page:24
msgid ""
"Patterns and user interface elements form the core of the HIG. Together, "
"they are the building blocks for application design. If you are new to the "
"HIG, it is recommended that you start with the page on design principles and "
"then browse the patterns, before going on to other material."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:28
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"design-principles\"><em style=\"strong\">Design principles</"
"em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"design-principles\"><em style=\"strong\">Designprinzipien</em></"
"link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:32
msgid "<link xref=\"patterns\"><em style=\"strong\">Patterns</em></link>"
msgstr "<link xref=\"patterns\"><em style=\"strong\">Muster</em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:33
msgid "Essential and optional design components."
msgstr "Essenzielle und optionale Gestaltungselemente."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:36
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"ui-elements\"><em style=\"strong\">User interface elements</"
"em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"ui-elements\"><em style=\"strong\">Elemente der "
"Benutzerschnittstelle</em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:37
msgid ""
"Guidelines on common elements, such as buttons, progress bars and popovers."
msgstr ""
"Richtlinien zu allgemeinen Elementen, wie Knöpfen, Fortschrittsbalken oder "
"Einblenddialogen."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:44
msgid "Common guidelines"
msgstr "Allgemeine Richtlinien"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/index.page:46
msgid ""
"These guidelines apply to the full range of design elements. It is "
"recommended that you familiarize yourself with them."
msgstr ""
"Diese Richtlinien beziehen sich auf das gesamte Spektrum an Designelementen. "
"Es ist ratsam, sich mit diesen vertraut zu machen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:50
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"application-basics\"><em style=\"strong\">Application basics</"
"em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"application-basics\"><em style=\"strong\">Anwendungs-"
"Grundlagen</em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:51
msgid "Basic application behavior and characteristics."
msgstr "Grundlegendes Verhalten und Charakteristik von Anwendungen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:54
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"compatibility\"><em style=\"strong\">Compatibility</em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"compatibility\"><em style=\"strong\">Kompatibilität</em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:58
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"visual-layout\"><em style=\"strong\">Visual layout</em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"visual-layout\"><em style=\"strong\">Visuelles Layout</em></"
"link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:59
msgid "Arranging elements within user interfaces."
msgstr "Anordnung von Elementen innerhalb von Benutzeroberflächen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:62
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"writing-style\"><em style=\"strong\">Writing style</em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"writing-style\"><em style=\"strong\">Schreibstil</em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/index.page:63 C/writing-style.page:33
msgid "Writing text for your user interface, including capitalization rules."
msgstr ""
"Schreiben von Text für Ihre Benutzeroberfläche, Regeln für Groß- und "
"Kleinschreibung."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:66
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\"><em style=\"strong\">Icons and artwork</"
"em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\"><em style=\"strong\">Symbole und Artwork</"
"em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:67
msgid "Guidelines on selecting and creating icons."
msgstr "Richtlinien zur Auswahl und Erstellung von Symbolen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:70
msgid "<link xref=\"typography\"><em style=\"strong\">Typography</em></link>"
msgstr "<link xref=\"typography\"><em style=\"strong\">Typografie</em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:71
msgid ""
"Advice on font sizes, weights and styles, as well as special characters."
msgstr ""
"Empfehlungen zu Schriftarten, -schnitten und -stilen sowie speziellen "
"Zeichen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:74
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"pointer-and-touch-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Pointer and "
"touch input</em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"pointer-and-touch-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Eingabe mit "
"Zeigegeräten</em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/index.page:75 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:14
msgid "Mouse, touchpad and touchscreen interaction."
msgstr ""
"Interaktion mit Maus, Touchpad und berührungsempfindlichen Bildschirmen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:78
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"keyboard-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Keyboard input</em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"keyboard-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Tastatureingaben</em></"
"link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/index.page:79 C/keyboard-input.page:24
msgid "Keyboard navigation, access and shortcut keys."
msgstr "Zugriff und Navigation mit der Tastatur, Zugriffstasten."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:82
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"display-compatibility\"><em style=\"strong\">Display "
"compatibility</em></link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"display-compatibility\"><em style=\"strong"
"\">Anzeigekompatibilität</em></link>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/index.page:83
msgid "How to support different device and display types."
msgstr "Unterstützung für verschiedene Geräte- und Anzeigetypen."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:8 C/info-bars.page:8
msgid "Application event notifications"
msgstr "Benachrichtigungen über Ereignisse in Anwendungen"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:16
msgid "In-app notifications"
msgstr "Benachrichtigungen innerhalb von Anwendungen"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:18
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/in-app-notification.svg' "
"md5='48a9959dd176471c8fdfc412683c3abf'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:20
msgid ""
"In-app notifications are information popups which can be displayed inside an "
"application. They include a label which describes an event that has "
"happened, and can also include a button that allows the user to respond. "
"They are always transient and user dismissable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:25
msgid ""
"In-app notifications are appropriate when you want to inform the user about "
"an event that is relevant to their ongoing use of an application. They are "
"best used to provide immediate feedback. This contrasts with <link xref="
"\"notifications\">standard notifications</link>, which provide system-wide "
"alerts, and which persist after the notification has been initially "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:27
msgid ""
"Allowing the user to undo a destructive action is an example of a good use "
"of in-app notifications: the notification is not needed outside of the "
"application window, and is immediately relevant. The button that allows the "
"user to respond to the event, by pressing ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:29
msgid ""
"In-app notifications are not a good solution for communicating ongoing "
"states. <link xref=\"info-bars\">Info bars</link> offer one alternative you "
"can consider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:37
msgid ""
"It isn't always necessary to include an action button in an in-app "
"notification: only include one if it is directly related to the event and is "
"generally useful."
msgstr ""
"Es ist nicht immer nötig, einen Aktionsknopf in einer anwendungsinternen "
"Benachrichtigung zu platzieren: Verwenden Sie diesen nur dann, wenn er sich "
"direkt auf das Ereignis bezieht und generell sinnvoll ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:38
msgid ""
"Don't distract with unnecessary in-app notifications, and be careful not to "
"overuse them: they can be annoying if they pop up frequently."
msgstr ""
"Lenken Sie den Benutzer nicht mit unnötigen anwendungsinternen "
"Benachrichtigungen ab und verwenden Sie diese sparsam: Es kann ärgerlich für "
"den Benutzer sein, wenn diese zu häufig erscheinen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/in-app-notifications.page:39
msgid ""
"Only one in-app notification can be displayed at a time, and new instances "
"should replace existing ones."
msgstr ""
"Innerhalb von Anwendungen können nicht mehrere Benachrichtigungen "
"gleichzeitig angezeigt werden. Neue Instanzen sollten vorhandene ersetzen."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/info-bars.page:16
msgid "Info bars"
msgstr "Informationsleisten"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/info-bars.page:18
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/info-bar.svg' "
"md5='8182fc0c20fd860a617c8b382579e6f2'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/info-bars.page:20
msgid ""
"An info bar is a strip that is placed above a content view, directly below "
"the header bar or tool bar. It contains text, and can also include controls. "
"Info bars persist: they can be permanent, or they can be dismissed by the "
"user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/info-bars.page:25
msgid ""
"Info bars can be used to communicate a particular state about a particular "
"content item or location. For example, an info bar could indicate that a "
"document is out of date or being edited by other, or that a service relating "
"to a location is not operating. In some situations, they can also be used to "
"present supplementary information, such as user guidance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/info-bars.page:27
msgid ""
"Since info bars are persistent, they are generally more appropriate for "
"communicating ongoing states rather than events (<link xref=\"notifications"
"\">notifications</link> or <link xref=\"in-app-notifications\">in-app "
"notifications</link> are more appropriate here)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/info-bars.page:29
msgid ""
"Info bars primarily communicate by using text, and have the advantage that "
"they can include both a heading and a longer explanation. However, they also "
"take up space and attract attention. If the state you want to communicate is "
"not critical, or can be communicated through a simple string or icon, you "
"might want to consider alternative approaches: text or icons can be added "
"elsewhere in your interface, or the appearance of navigation controls (such "
"as <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view switchers</link>, <link xref=\"tabs"
"\">tabs</link> or <link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">sidebar</link> lists) can be "
"changed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/info-bars.page:37
msgid ""
"Beware of info bar overuse: they should be an exceptional presence in your "
"interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/info-bars.page:38
msgid "Only one info bar should be visable at any one time."
msgstr ""
"Es sollten nicht mehrere Informationsleisten gleichzeitig sichtbar sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/info-bars.page:39
msgid ""
"Only include a longer explanation if it is really needed: a simple heading "
"can often be sufficient."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie nur eine längere Beschreibung, wenn es unbedingt nötig ist: "
"Eine einfache Überschrift sollte meist ausreichen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/info-bars.page:40
msgid "Generally speaking, info bars do not require an icon."
msgstr "Im Allgemeinen benötigen Informationsleisten kein Symbol."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/info-bars.page:49
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkInfoBar.html"
"\">GtkInfoBar</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkInfoBar.html"
"\">GtkInfoBar</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:27
msgid "Keyboard input"
msgstr "Tastatureingabe"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:29
msgid ""
"Keyboards are a common way to interact with user interfaces. They provide a "
"convenient and effective means to use applications in a variety of "
"situations, and can be faster and more efficient than other input devices. "
"Keyboards are also vital for visually-impaired people or those with mobility "
"impairments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:31
msgid ""
"You should ensure that all the functionality provided by your application "
"can be accessed using a keyboard. Trying to use your application with only a "
"keyboard is a great way to test this."
msgstr ""
"Sie sollten sicher stellen, dass sämtliche Funktionalitäten Ihrer Anwendung "
"mit der Tastatur genutzt werden können. Testen Sie dies, indem Sie "
"versuchen, die Anwendung ausschließlich mit der Tastatur zu bedienen."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:33
msgid ""
"Keyboard interaction has three aspects in GNOME and GTK+: navigation, access "
"keys, and shortcut keys. <link xref=\"search\">Search</link> is another, "
"additional aspect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:36
msgid "Keyboard navigation"
msgstr "Tastatursteuerung"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:38
msgid ""
"Make sure that it is possible to move around and interact with every part of "
"your user interface using the keyboard, by following these guidelines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:41
msgid ""
"Follow the standard GNOME keys for navigation. <key>Tab</key> is the "
"standard key for moving around an interface with GTK+ and GNOME."
msgstr ""
"Folgen Sie den GNOME-Standards für Navigation. Die <key>Tabulatortaste</key> "
"ist die Standardtaste für das Bewegen innerhalb einer Benutzeroberfläche mit "
"GTK+ und GNOME."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:42
msgid ""
"Use a logical keyboard navigation order. When navigating around a window "
"with <key>Tab</key>, keyboard focus should move between controls in a "
"predictable order. In Western locales, this is normally left to right and "
"top to bottom."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie eine logische Reihenfolge für die Tastaturnavigation. Beim "
"Navigieren mit der <key>Tabulatortaste</key> sollte der Fokus in einer "
"nachvollziehbaren Weise von einem zum nächsten Bedienelement springen. In "
"westlichen Sprachen ist dies normalerweise von links nach rechts und von "
"oben nach unten."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:43
msgid ""
"In addition to navigation using <key>Tab</key>, make an effort to allow "
"movement using the arrow keys, both within user interface elements (such as "
"lists, icon grids or sidebars), and between them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:46
msgid ""
"If activating a control enables other controls, do not automatically give "
"focus to the first dependent control when it is activated, but instead leave "
"focus in place."
msgstr ""
"Wenn ein Bedienelement weitere Bedienelemente aktiviert, verschieben Sie den "
"Fokus nicht automatisch auf das erste untergeordnete Bedienelement. Lassen "
"Sie den Fokus stattdessen auf dem ursprünglichen Element."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:49
msgid "Standard navigation keys"
msgstr "Standard-Navigationstasten"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:54 C/keyboard-input.page:160 C/keyboard-input.page:280
#: C/keyboard-input.page:314 C/keyboard-input.page:394
#: C/keyboard-input.page:483 C/keyboard-input.page:547
#: C/keyboard-input.page:617 C/keyboard-input.page:651
#: C/keyboard-input.page:720
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "Tastenkombination"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:55 C/keyboard-input.page:159
msgid "Function"
msgstr "Funktion"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:60
msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<key>Tab</key> und <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:61
msgid "Moves keyboard focus to the next/previous control"
msgstr "Verschiebt den Tastaturfokus zum nächsten oder vorigen Steuerelement"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:64 C/keyboard-input.page:68
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> und "
"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:65
msgid ""
"Moves keyboard focus out of the enclosing widget to the next/previous "
"control, in those situations where Tab alone has another function"
msgstr ""
"Verschiebt den Tastaturfokus aus dem umschließenden Widget zum nächsten "
"Steuerelement. Dies betrifft solche Situationen, in denen die Tabulatortaste "
"allein keine weitere Funktion hat."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:69
msgid "Moves keyboard focus to the next/previous group of controls"
msgstr ""
"Verschiebt den Tastaturfokus auf die vorherige/nächste Gruppe von "
"Bedienelementen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:72
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:73
msgid "Shows a tooltip for the the currently-focused window or control"
msgstr ""
"Zeigt eine Minihilfe für das aktuell fokussierte Fenster oder Bedienelement "
"an"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:76
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:77
msgid "Show context-sensitive help for the currently-focused window or control"
msgstr ""
"Zeigt eine kontextsensitive Hilfe für das aktuell fokussierte Fenster oder "
"Bedienelement an"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:80
msgid "<key>F6</key> and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<key>F6</key> und <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:81
msgid "Give focus to the next/previous pane in a GtkPaned window"
msgstr ""
"Verschiebt den Fokus in das nächste Teilfenster in einem GtkPaned-Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:84
msgid "<key>F8</key>"
msgstr "<key>F8</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:85
msgid "Give focus to the splitter bar in a paned window"
msgstr ""
"Verschiebt den Fokus auf die Trennerleiste in einem unterteilten Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:88
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
msgstr "<key>F10</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:89
msgid "Give focus to the menu bar or open header bar menu"
msgstr ""
"Verschiebt den Fokus auf die Menüleiste oder öffnet das Kopfleistenmenü"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:92 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:72
msgid "<key>Space</key>"
msgstr "<key>Leertaste</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:93
msgid "Toggle the state of a focused check box, radio button, or toggle button"
msgstr ""
"Schaltet den Status eines fokussierten Ankreuzfeldes, Radioknopfes oder "
"Umschaltknopfes um"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:96
msgid "<key>Return</key>"
msgstr "<key>Eingabetaste</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:97
msgid "Activate focused button, menu item, etc"
msgstr "Aktiviert den fokussierten Knopf, Menüeintrag usw."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:100
msgid "<key>Return</key> and <key>End</key>"
msgstr "<key>Eingabetaste</key> und <key>Ende</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:101
msgid "Select/move to the first item in a selected widget"
msgstr ""
"Wählt oder verschiebt den Fokus auf das erste Element in einem ausgewählten "
"Widget"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:104
msgid ""
"<key>PageUp</key>, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>, "
"<key>PageDown</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<key>Bild↑</key>, <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild↑</key></keyseq>, "
"<key>Bild↓</key> und <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild↓</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:105
msgid "Scroll the selected view by one page up/left/down/right"
msgstr ""
"Rollt die ausgewählte Ansicht um eine Seite nach oben/links/unten/rechts"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:108
msgid "<key>Escape</key>"
msgstr "<key>Escape</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:109
msgid ""
"Close or exit the current context, if it is transient. This should be "
"consistently used for menus, popovers or <link xref=\"dialogs#default-action-"
"and-escape\">dialogs</link>, or any other temporary mode or UI element."
msgstr ""
"Schließt oder beendet den aktuellen Kontext, wenn dieser vorübergehend ist. "
"Dies sollte konsistent für Menüs, Einblenddialoge oder <link xref="
"\"dialogs#default-action-and-escape\">Dialoge</link> sowie für jeden "
"sonstigen temporären Modus oder Bedienelement verwendet werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:118
msgid "Access keys"
msgstr "Zugriffstasten"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:120
msgid ""
"Access keys allow someone to operate labelled controls by using <key>Alt</"
"key>. They are indicated by an underlined letter within each control label "
"(this is displayed when <key>Alt</key> is held down)."
msgstr ""
"Zugriffstasten ermöglichen dem Benutzer, beschriftete Elemente durch Drücken "
"der <key>Alt</key>-Taste zu bedienen. Sie werden durch einen unterstrichenen "
"Buchstaben dargestellt (der durch Gedrückthalten der <key>Alt</key>-Taste "
"angezeigt wird)."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:123
msgid "Where possible, all labelled components should have an access key."
msgstr ""
"Sofern möglich, sollten alle beschrifteten Komponenten eine Zugriffstaste "
"haben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:124
msgid ""
"Choose access keys that are easy to remember. Normally this means using the "
"first letter of the label. If the label has more than one word, the first "
"letter of one of its other words can also be used. Additionally, if another "
"letter provides a better association (for example: “x” in “Extra Large”) , "
"consider using that letter instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:125
msgid ""
"Avoid assigning access keys to “thin” letters (such as lowercase i or l), or "
"letters with descenders (such as lowercase g or y), unless it is "
"unavoidable. The underline is sometimes not as clear with these characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:126
msgid ""
"If the choice of access keys is difficult, assign access keys to the most "
"frequently-used controls first. If the first letter is not available, choose "
"an easy to remember consonant from the label, for example, “p” in “Replace”. "
"Only assign vowels once no consonants are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:127
msgid ""
"Be aware that access keys have to be translated together with the strings "
"that they are taken from, so even if there are no conflicts in your native "
"language, they may occur in translations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:133
msgid "Shortcut keys"
msgstr "Tastenkombinationen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:135
msgid ""
"Shortcut keys provide convenient access to common operations. They can be "
"either single keys or combinations of several key presses (typically a "
"modifier in combination with a regular key)"
msgstr ""
"Tastenkombinationen bieten einen bequemen Zugriff auf häufig genutzte "
"Operationen. Dies können entweder einzelne Tasten oder Kombinationen "
"mehrerer Tastendrücke sein (typischerweise eine Modifikationstaste in "
"Verbindung mit einer regulären Taste)."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:138
msgid ""
"Do not assign system-level shortcut keys for use in your application. See "
"below for details on these."
msgstr ""
"Weisen Sie keine systemweit verwendeten Tastenkombinationen für die "
"Bedienung Ihrer Anwendung zu. Nachfolgend finden Sie Details hierzu."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:139
msgid ""
"Use the standard GNOME shortcut keys (see below) if your application "
"supports those functions. This ensures consistency between GNOME "
"applications and aids discoverability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:140
msgid ""
"Assign shortcut keys to the most commonly-used actions in your application. "
"However, do not try to assign a keyboard shortcut to everything."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:141
msgid ""
"Try to use <key>Ctrl</key> in combination with a letter for your own "
"shortcuts. <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key></keyseq> and a letter is "
"the recommended pattern for shortcuts that reverse or extend another "
"function. For example, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> and "
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> for <gui>Undo</"
"gui> and <gui>Redo</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:142
msgid ""
"New shortcut keys should be as mnemonic as possible, as these will be easier "
"to learn and remember. For example, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></"
"keyseq> would be a good shortcut for a menu item called <gui>Edit Page</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Neue Tastenkombinationen sollten so einprägsam wie möglich sein, um leichter "
"zu merken und erlernbar zu sein. Beispielsweise wäre <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
"key><key>E</key></keyseq> eine gute Kombination für den Menüeintrag "
"<gui>Edit Page</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:143
msgid ""
"Shortcuts that can be easily used with one hand are preferable for common "
"operations."
msgstr ""
"Tastenkombinationen, die mit einer Hand ausführbar sind, sind für häufig "
"vorkommende Operationen zu bevorzugen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:144
msgid ""
"Do not use <key>Alt</key> for shortcut keys, as this may conflict with "
"access keys."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie nicht die <key>Alt</key>-Taste für Tastenkombinationen, da "
"sich diese mit Zugriffstasten überschneiden könnte."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:150
msgid "System reserved shortcuts"
msgstr "Für das System reservierte Tastenkürzel"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:152
msgid ""
"The following system shortcuts should not be overridden by applications."
msgstr ""
"Die folgenden systemweit gültigen Tastenkombinationen sollten durch Ihre "
"Anwendung nicht überschrieben werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:154
msgid ""
"GNOME 3 makes exclusive use of <key>Super</key>, often known as the windows "
"key, for system shortcuts. <key>Super</key> should not be used by "
"applications, therefore."
msgstr ""
"GNOME 3 nutzt die <key>Super</key>-Taste, auch als Windows-Taste bekannt, "
"exklusiv für systemweit gültige Tastenkombinationen. Die <key>Super</key>-"
"Taste sollte daher nicht in Anwendungen eingesetzt werden."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:161
msgid "Legacy Shortcut"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:162 C/keyboard-input.page:281
#: C/keyboard-input.page:315 C/keyboard-input.page:395
#: C/keyboard-input.page:484 C/keyboard-input.page:548
#: C/keyboard-input.page:618 C/keyboard-input.page:652
#: C/keyboard-input.page:721 C/notifications.page:37
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:119
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschreibung"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:167
msgid "Activities Overview"
msgstr "Aktivitäten-Übersicht"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:168
msgid "<key>Super</key>"
msgstr "<key>Super</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:169 C/keyboard-input.page:175
#: C/keyboard-input.page:181 C/keyboard-input.page:187
#: C/keyboard-input.page:223 C/keyboard-input.page:229
#: C/keyboard-input.page:236 C/keyboard-input.page:241
#: C/keyboard-input.page:247 C/keyboard-input.page:253
#: C/keyboard-input.page:292 C/keyboard-input.page:331
#: C/keyboard-input.page:346 C/keyboard-input.page:352
#: C/keyboard-input.page:490 C/keyboard-input.page:495
#: C/keyboard-input.page:500 C/keyboard-input.page:505
#: C/keyboard-input.page:525 C/keyboard-input.page:554
#: C/keyboard-input.page:559 C/keyboard-input.page:564
#: C/keyboard-input.page:585 C/keyboard-input.page:590
#: C/keyboard-input.page:595 C/keyboard-input.page:600
#: C/keyboard-input.page:634 C/keyboard-input.page:693
#: C/keyboard-input.page:727 C/keyboard-input.page:732
#: C/keyboard-input.page:737
msgid "None"
msgstr "Keine"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:170
msgid "Opens and closes the Activities Overview"
msgstr "Öffnet und schließt die Aktivitäten-Übersicht"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:173
msgid "Applications View"
msgstr "Anwendungen anzeigen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:174
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:176
msgid "Opens and closes the applications view of the Activities Overview"
msgstr "Öffnet und schließt die Anwendungsansicht in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:179
msgid "Message Tray"
msgstr "Benachrichtigungsfeld"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:180
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:182
msgid "Toggles the visibility of the Message Tray."
msgstr "Blendet das Benachrichtigungsfeld ein oder aus."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:185
msgid "Lock"
msgstr "Sperren"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:186
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:188
msgid ""
"Locks the system by blanking the screen and requiring a password to unlock, "
"if one has been set."
msgstr ""
"Sperrt das System durch Leeren des Bildschirms und Anforderung eines "
"Passworts zum Entsperren, sofern eines gesetzt ist."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:191
msgid "Switch application"
msgstr "Anwendung wechseln"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:192
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
"key><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> und "
"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:193
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
"key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> und "
"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:194
msgid "Switches focus to the next/previous application"
msgstr "Verschiebt den Fokus zur vorherigen/nächsten Anwendung"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:197
msgid "Switch windows"
msgstr "Fenster wechseln"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:198
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
"key><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq> und "
"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:199
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
"key><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq> und <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</"
"key><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:200
msgid ""
"Switch focus to the next or previous secondary window associated with the "
"application"
msgstr ""
"Verschiebt den Fokus zum nächsten oder vorherigen sekundären Fenster, das "
"der Anwendung zugeordnet ist"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:203
msgid "<gui>Maximize</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Maximieren</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:204
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:205
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:206
msgid "Maximize the focused window"
msgstr "Maximiert das fokussierte Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:209
msgid "<gui>Restore</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Wiederherstellen</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:210
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:211
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:212
msgid "Restores the focused window to its previous state"
msgstr ""
"Stellt das fokussierte Fenster in seinem ursprünglichen Zustand wieder her"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:215
msgid "<gui>Hide</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Verbergen</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:216
msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:217
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F9</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F9</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:218
msgid "Hide the focused window"
msgstr "Verbirgt das fokussierte Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:222
msgid "Switch system area"
msgstr "Systembereich wechseln"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:224
msgid ""
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and "
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
msgstr ""
"<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> und "
"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></"
"keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:225
msgid ""
"Switches focus to the primary areas of the system: windows, top bar, message "
"tray"
msgstr ""
"Verschiebt den Fokus zu den primären Bereichen des Systems: Fenster, obere "
"Leiste, Benachrichtigungsfeld"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:228
msgid "Power Off"
msgstr "Ausschalten"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:230
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Entf</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:231
msgid ""
"Prompts the user to power off the system. This shortcut is typically "
"disabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Fragt den Benutzer nach Bestätigung, das System abzuschalten. Dieses Kürzel "
"ist in der Voreinstellung typischerweise deaktiviert."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:234
msgid "Window menu"
msgstr "Fenstermenü"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:235
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:237
msgid "Opens the window menu for the current window"
msgstr "Öffnet das Fenstermenü für das aktuelle Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:240 C/keyboard-input.page:376
msgid "<gui>Close</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Schließen</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:242
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:243
msgid "Closes the focused window"
msgstr "Schließt das fokussierte Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:246
msgid "<gui>Move</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Verschieben</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:248
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:249
msgid "Move the focused window"
msgstr "Verschiebt das fokussierte Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:252
msgid "<gui>Resize</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Größe ändern</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:254
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:255
msgid "Resize the focused window"
msgstr "Ändert die Größe des fokussierten Fensters"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:260
msgid ""
"In addition, the shortcuts for Unicode character entry should also be "
"avoided. This includes <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></"
"keyseq> through to <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></"
"keyseq>, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq> "
"through to <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>9</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:265
msgid "Standard application shortcuts"
msgstr "Standard-Tastenkombinationen für Anwendungen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:267
msgid ""
"This section details common application keyboard shortcuts. With the "
"exception of application shortcuts, these shortcuts only need to be followed "
"when the corresponding action is included in your application. Standard "
"shortcuts can be assigned to other actions if the standard action is not "
"available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:269
msgid ""
"This section also provides guidance on standard menu items in a <link xref="
"\"menu-bars\">menu bar</link>, should one be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:272
msgid "Application"
msgstr "Anwendung"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:274
msgid ""
"Standard application keyboard shortcuts and menu items. These application "
"shortcuts should not be reassigned to other actions, even when the "
"corresponding action is not provided by your application."
msgstr ""
"Voreingestellte Tastenkombinationen für Anwendungen und Menüeinträge. Diese "
"anwendungsgebundenen Tastenkombinationen sollten nicht anderen Aktionen "
"zugewiesen werden, selbst dann nicht, wenn Ihre Anwendung die entsprechende "
"Aktion gar nicht anbietet."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:279 C/keyboard-input.page:313
#: C/keyboard-input.page:393 C/keyboard-input.page:482
#: C/keyboard-input.page:546 C/keyboard-input.page:616
#: C/keyboard-input.page:650 C/keyboard-input.page:719
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Beschriftung"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:287
msgid "<key>F1</key>"
msgstr "<key>F1</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:288
msgid ""
"Opens the default help browser on the contents page for the application."
msgstr ""
"Öffnet den voreingestellten Hilfe-Browser mit den entsprechenden Hilfeseiten "
"Ihrer Anwendung."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:293
msgid ""
"Opens the About dialog for the application. Use the standard GNOME 3 dialog "
"for this."
msgstr ""
"Öffnet den Infodialog der Anwendung. Verwenden Sie hierfür den "
"Standarddialog von GNOME 3."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:297
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:298
msgid "Closes the application, including all application windows."
msgstr "Schließt die Anwendung einschließlich aller zugehörigen Fenster."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:306
msgid "File"
msgstr "Datei"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:308
msgid "Standard file keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:320
msgid "<gui>New</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>New</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:321
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:322
msgid ""
"Creates a new content item, often (but not always) in a new primary window "
"or tab. If your application can create a number of different types of "
"document, you can make the <gui>New</gui> item a submenu, containing a menu "
"item for each type. Label these items <gui>New</gui> document type, make the "
"first entry in the submenu the most commonly used document type, and give it "
"the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> shortcut."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:325
msgid "<gui>Open…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Open…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:326
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>O</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:327
msgid ""
"Opens an existing content item, often by presenting the user with a standard "
"<gui>Open File</gui> dialog. If the chosen file is already open in the "
"application, raise that window instead of opening a new one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:330
msgid "<gui>Open Recent</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Open Recent</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:332
msgid ""
"A submenu which contains a list of no more than six recently used files, "
"ordered according to most recently used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:335
msgid "<gui>Save</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Save</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:336
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:337
msgid ""
"Saves the current content item. If the document already has a filename "
"associated with it, save the document immediately without any further "
"interaction from the user. If there are any additional options involved in "
"saving a file, prompt for these first time the document is saved, but "
"subsequently use the same values each time until the user changes them. If "
"the document has no current filename or is read-only, selecting this item "
"should be the same as selecting <gui>Save As</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:340
msgid "<gui>Save As…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Save As…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:341
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:342
msgid ""
"Saves the content item with a new filename. Present the user with the "
"standard <gui>Save As</gui> dialog, and save the file with the chosen file "
"name."
msgstr ""
"Speichert den Inhalt unter einem neuen Dateinamen. Dem Benutzer wird der "
"standardmäßige <gui>Save As</gui>-Dialog angezeigt und die Datei unter dem "
"gewählten Namen gespeichert."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:345
msgid "<gui>Save a Copy…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Save a Copy…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:347
msgid ""
"Prompts the user to enter a filename, with which a copy of the document is "
"then saved. Do not alter either the view or the filename of the original "
"document. All subsequent changes are still made to the original document "
"until the user specifies otherwise, for example by choosing the <gui>Save "
"As</gui> command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:348
msgid ""
"Like the <gui>Save As</gui> dialog, the <gui>Save a Copy</gui> dialog may "
"present different ways to save the data. For example, an image may be saved "
"in a native format or as a PNG."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:351
msgid "<gui>Page Setup</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Page Setup</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:353
msgid ""
"Allows the user to control print-related settings. Present the user with a "
"dialog allowing the user to set such options as portrait or landscape "
"format, margins, and so on."
msgstr ""
"Ermöglicht dem Benutzer die Steuerung der Druckeinstellungen. In einem "
"Dialog können beispielsweise die Ausrichtung (Hoch- oder Querformat) oder "
"die Breite der Ränder eingestellt werden."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:356
msgid "<gui>Print Preview</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Print Preview</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:357
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:358
msgid ""
"Shows the user what the printed document will look like. Present a new "
"window containing an accurate representation of the appearance of the "
"document as it would be printed."
msgstr ""
"Zeigt dem Benutzer, wie das gedruckte Dokument aussehen würde. In einem "
"Dialog wird eine genaue Darstellung des späteren Ausdrucks angezeigt."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:361
msgid "<gui>Print…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Print…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:362
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:363
msgid ""
"Prints the current document. Present the user with a dialog allowing them to "
"set options like the page range to be printed, the printer to be used, and "
"so on. The dialog must contain a button labelled <gui>Print</gui> that "
"starts printing and closes the dialog."
msgstr ""
"Druckt das aktuelle Dokument. In einem Dialog werden Möglichkeiten zur "
"Einstellung des zu druckenden Seitenbereichs, des zu verwendenden Druckers "
"usw. angezeigt. Der Dialog muss einen Knopf mit der Beschriftung <gui>Print</"
"gui> enthalten, der den Druckvorgang anstößt und den Dialog schließt."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:366
msgid "<gui>Send To…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Send To…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:367
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:368
msgid ""
"Provides the user a means to attach or send the current document as an email "
"or email attachment, depending on its format. You may provide more than one "
"<gui>Send</gui> item depending on which options are available. If there are "
"more than two such items, move them into a submenu. For example, if only "
"<gui>Send by Email</gui> and <gui>Send by Bluetooth</gui> are available, "
"leave them on the top-level menu. If there is a third option, such as "
"<gui>Send by FTP</gui>, place all the options in a Send submenu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:371
msgid "<gui>Properties…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Properties…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:372
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Return</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Eingabetaste</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:373
msgid ""
"Opens the document’s <gui>Properties</gui> window. This may contain editable "
"information, such as the document author’s name, or read-only information, "
"such as the number of words in the document, or a combination of both. The "
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Return</key></keyseq> shortcut should not be "
"provided where <key>Return</key> is most frequently used to insert a new "
"line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:377 C/tabs.page:81
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:378
msgid ""
"Closes the current tab or window. If the window uses tabs and there is only "
"one open, the shortcut should close the window."
msgstr ""
"Schließt das aktuelle Fenster oder den aktuellen Reiter. Falls das Fenster "
"Reiter anzeigt und nur einer geöffnet ist, sollte durch diese "
"Tastenkombination auch das Fenster geschlossen werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:386
msgctxt "menu"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Edit"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:388
msgid "Standard edit keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr "Standard-Tastenkombinationen und Menüeinträge zum Bearbeiten."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:400
msgid "<gui>Undo <em>action</em></gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Undo-<em>Aktion</em></gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:401
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:402
msgid "Reverts the effect of the previous action."
msgstr "Kehrt den Effekt der zuvor ausgeführten Aktion um."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:405
msgid "<gui>Redo <em>action</em></gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Redo-<em>Aktion</em></gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:406
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:407
msgid ""
"Performs the next action in the undo history list, after the user has moved "
"backwards through the list with the <gui>Undo</gui> command."
msgstr ""
"Führt die nächste Aktion in der Rückgängig-Chronik aus, nachdem der Benutzer "
"sich mit dem <gui>Rückgängig</gui>-Befehl in der Liste der Aktionen zurück "
"bewegt hat."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:410
msgid "<gui>Cut</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Cut</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:411
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:412
msgid ""
"Removes the selected content and places it onto the clipboard. Visually, "
"remove the content from the document in the same manner as <gui>Delete</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Entfernt den markierten Inhalt und verschiebt ihn in die Zwischenablage. "
"Visuell wird der Inhalt auf die gleiche Weise aus dem Dokument entfernt wie "
"durch <gui>Delete</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:415
msgid "<gui>Copy</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Copy</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:416
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:417
msgid "Copies the selected content onto the clipboard."
msgstr "Kopiert den ausgewählten Inhalt in die Zwischenablage."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:420
msgid "<gui>Paste</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Paste</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:421
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:422
msgid ""
"Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the content item. When editing "
"text, if there is no current selection, use the caret as the insertion "
"point. If there is a current selection, replace it with the clipboard "
"contents."
msgstr ""
"Fügt den Inhalt der Zwischenablage in das Inhaltselement ein. Wenn beim "
"Bearbeiten von Text momentan nichts markiert ist, wird an der Eingabemarke "
"eingefügt. Falls Text markiert ist, wird dieser durch den Inhalt der "
"Zwischenablage ersetzt."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:425
msgid "<gui>Paste Special…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Paste Special…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:426
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:427
msgid ""
"Inserts a non-default representation of the clipboard contents. Open a "
"dialog presenting a list of the available formats from which the user can "
"select. For example, if the clipboard contains a PNG file copied from a file "
"manager, the image may be embedded in the document, or a link to the file "
"inserted so that changes to the image on disk are always reflected in the "
"document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:430
msgid "<gui>Duplicate</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Duplicate</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:431 C/keyboard-input.page:579
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>U</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>U</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:432
msgid "Creates a duplicate copy of the selected object."
msgstr "Erzeugt ein Duplikat des ausgewählten Objekts."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:435
msgid "<gui>Delete</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Delete</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:436
msgid "<key>Delete</key>"
msgstr "<key>Delete</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:437
msgid "Removes the selected content without placing it on the clipboard."
msgstr ""
"Löscht den ausgewählten Inhalt, ohne ihn in die Zwischenablage einzufügen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:440
msgid "<gui>Select All</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Select All</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:441 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:92
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:442
msgid "Selects all content in the current document."
msgstr "Wählt sämtlichen Inhalt im aktuellen Dokument aus."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:445
msgid "<gui>Deselect All</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Deselect All</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:446 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:97
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:447
msgid ""
"Deselects all content in the current document. Only provide this item in "
"situations when no other method of undoing selection is possible or apparent "
"to the user. For example, in complex graphics applications where selection "
"and deselection is not usually possible simply by using the cursor keys. "
"Note: Do not provide <gui>Deselect All</gui> in text entry fields, as "
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>hex</key></keyseq> digit is used "
"to enter Unicode characters so its shortcut will not work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:450
msgid "<gui>Find…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Find…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:451
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:452
msgid ""
"Displays a user interface for allowing the user to search for specific "
"content in the current content item or page."
msgstr ""
"Zeigt eine Benutzeroberfläche an, in der der Benutzer im aktuellen "
"Inhaltsobjekt oder der aktuellen Seite nach spezifischen Inhalten suchen "
"kann."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:455
msgid "<gui>Find Next</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Find Next</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:456
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:457
msgid ""
"Selects the next instance of the last Find term in the current document."
msgstr ""
"Wählt die nächste Instanz des letzten Suchbegriffs im aktuellen Dokument."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:460
msgid "<gui>Find Previous</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Find Previous</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:461
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:462
msgid ""
"Selects the previous instance of the last <gui>Find</gui> term in the "
"current document."
msgstr ""
"Wählt die vorige Instanz des letzten Suchbegriffs im aktuellen Dokument."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:465
msgid "<gui>Replace…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Replace…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:466
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:467
msgid ""
"Displays a user interface allowing the user to find specific content and "
"replace each occurrence."
msgstr ""
"Zeigt eine Benutzeroberfläche an, in der der Benutzer nach spezifischen "
"Inhalten suchen und jedes Vorkommen ersetzen kann."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:475
msgid "View"
msgstr "View"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:477
msgid "View keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr "Tastenkombinationen und Menüeinträge für die Ansicht."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:489
msgid "<gui>Icons</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Icons</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:491
msgid "Shows content as a grid of icons. This is a radio button menu item."
msgstr ""
"Zeigt den Inhalt als Symbolgitter an. Dies ist ein Eintrag eines "
"Auswahlknopf-Menüs."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:494
msgid "<gui>List</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>List</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:496
msgid "Shows content as a list. This is a radio button menu item."
msgstr ""
"Zeigt den Inhalt als Liste an. Dies ist ein Eintrag eines Auswahlknopf-Menüs."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:499
msgid "<gui>Sort By…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Sort By…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:501
msgid ""
"Specifies the criteria by which content should be sorted. Can open a "
"preference dialog, popover, or sub-menu."
msgstr ""
"Gibt die Kriterien an, nach denen Inhalte sortiert werden sollen. Damit kann "
"ein Einstellungsdialog, ein Einblenddialog oder ein Untermenü geöffnet "
"werden."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:504
msgid "<gui>Filter…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Filter…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:506
msgid ""
"Allows content to be filtered, by opening a popover, drop down, or dialog."
msgstr ""
"Ermöglicht die Filterung von Inhalten durch Öffnen eines Einblendmenüs, "
"Auswahlmenüs oder Dialogs."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:509
msgid "<gui>Zoom In</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Zoom In</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:510
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>+</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:511
msgid "Zooms in, making content appear larger."
msgstr "Zoomt hinein und vergrößert dadurch die Ansicht des Inhalts."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:514
msgid "<gui>Zoom Out</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Zoom Out</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:515
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:516
msgid "Zooms out, making content appear smaller."
msgstr "Zoomt heraus und verkleinert dadurch die Ansicht des Inhalts."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:519
msgid "<gui>Normal Size</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Normal Size</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:520
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>0</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:521
msgid "Resets the zoom level back to the default value."
msgstr "Setzt die Vergrößerungsstufe zurück auf den Vorgabewert."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:524
msgid "<gui>Best Fit</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Best Fit</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:526
msgid "Makes the document fill the window."
msgstr "Zeigt das Dokument so an, dass es das Fenster füllt."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:529
msgid "<gui>Reload</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Reload</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:530
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:531
msgid ""
"Redraws the current view of the document, checking the data source for "
"changes first. For example, checks the web server for updates to the page "
"before redrawing it."
msgstr ""
"Zeichnet die aktuelle Dokumentenansicht neu, wobei zuerst die Datenquelle "
"auf Änderungen geprüft wird. Zum Beispiel werden Änderungen vom Webserver "
"abgefragt, bevor die Seite neu gezeichnet wird."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:539
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Format"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:541
msgid "Standard format keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr "Standard-Tastenkombinationen und Menüeinträge zum Formatieren."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:553
msgid "<gui>Style…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Style…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:555
msgid ""
"Sets the style attributes of the selected text or objects either "
"individually or to a named, predefined style."
msgstr ""
"Setzt die Stil-Attribute des ausgewählten Texts oder Objekts entweder "
"individuell oder auf einen benannten, vordefinierten Stil."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:558
msgid "<gui>Font…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Font…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:560
msgid "Sets the font properties of the selected text or objects."
msgstr ""
"Legt die Schrifteigenschaften des ausgewählten Texts oder der ausgewählten "
"Objekte fest."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:563
msgid "<gui>Paragraph…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Paragraph…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:565
msgid "Sets the properties of the selected paragraph."
msgstr "Legt die Eigenschaften des ausgewählten Absatzes fest."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:568
msgid "<gui>Bold</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Bold</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:569 C/keyboard-input.page:629
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>B</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>B</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:570
msgid ""
"Toggles the boldness of the current text selection. If some of the selection "
"is currently bold and some is not, this command should bolden the selected "
"text."
msgstr ""
"Schaltet die Textauswahl zwischen Normal- und Fettschrift um. Wenn bereits "
"Teile des Texts fett angezeigt werden, sollte dieser Befehl den gesamten "
"Text fett darstellen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:573
msgid "<gui>Italic</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Italic</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:574
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>I</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>I</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:575
msgid ""
"Toggles the italicisation of the current text selection on or off. If some "
"of the selection is currently italicized and some is not, this command "
"should italicise the selected text."
msgstr ""
"Schaltet die Textauswahl zwischen Normal- und Kursivschrift um. Wenn bereits "
"Teile des Texts kursiv angezeigt werden, sollte dieser Befehl den gesamten "
"Text kursiv darstellen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:578
msgid "<gui>Underline</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Unterstrich</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:580
msgid ""
"Toggles underlining of the current text selection. If some of the selection "
"is currently underlined and some is not, this command should underline the "
"selected text."
msgstr ""
"Schaltet die Textauswahl zwischen normal und unterstrichen um. Wenn bereits "
"Teile des Texts unterstrichen angezeigt werden, sollte dieser Befehl den "
"gesamten Text unterstrichen darstellen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:584
msgid "<gui>Cells…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Cells…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:586
msgid "Sets the properties of the selected table cells."
msgstr "Legt die Eigenschaften der gewählten Tabellenzellen fest."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:589
msgid "<gui>List…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>List…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:591
msgid ""
"Sets the properties of the selected list, or turns the selected paragraphs "
"into a list if they are not already formatted as such."
msgstr ""
"Legt die Eigenschaften der ausgewählten Liste fest oder wandelt die "
"ausgewählten Abschnitte in eine Liste um, falls diese noch nicht "
"entsprechend formatiert sind."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:594
msgid "<gui>Layer…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Layer…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:596
msgid ""
"Sets the properties of all or selected layers of a multi-layered document."
msgstr ""
"Legt die Eigenschaften aller oder der ausgewählten Ebenen in einem Dokument "
"mit mehreren Ebenen fest."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:599
msgid "<gui>Page…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Page…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:601
msgid "Sets the properties of all or selected pages of the document."
msgstr ""
"Legt die Eigenschaften aller oder der ausgewählten Seiten in einem Dokument "
"fest."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:609
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr "Lesezeichen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:611
msgid "Standard bookmark keyboard shortcuts and menu items."
msgstr "Standard-Tastenkombinationen und Menüeinträge für Lesezeichen."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:623
msgid "<gui>Add Bookmark</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Add Bookmark</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:624
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:625
msgid ""
"Adds a bookmark for the current location. Do not pop up a dialog asking for "
"a title or location for the bookmark, instead choose sensible defaults (such "
"as the document’s title or filename as the bookmark name) and allow the user "
"to change them later using the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> feature."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:628
msgid "<gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:630
msgid "Allows the user to edit their bookmarks."
msgstr "Ermöglicht dem Benutzer, seine Lesezeichen zu bearbeiten."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:633
msgid "Bookmark List"
msgstr "Bookmark List"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:635
msgid "Displays the user’s bookmarks."
msgstr "Zeigt die Lesezeichen des Benutzers an."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:643
msgid "Go"
msgstr "Go"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:645
msgid "Standard navigation keyboard shortcuts and <gui>Go</gui> menu items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:657
msgid "<gui>Back</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Back</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:658
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:659
msgid "Navigates to the previous location."
msgstr "Navigiert zum vorherigen Ort."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:662
msgid "<gui>Forward</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Forward</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:663
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:664
msgid "Navigates to the next location in the navigation history."
msgstr "Navigiert zum nächsten Ort in der Navigationschronik."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:667
msgid "<gui>Up</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Up</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:668
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Hoch</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:669
msgid "Navigates to the parent content item, document, page or section."
msgstr ""
"Navigiert zum übergeordneten Inhaltselement, Dokument, Seite oder Abschnitt."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:672
msgid "<gui>Home</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Home</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:673
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Pos1</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:674
msgid "Navigates to a starting page defined by the user or the application."
msgstr ""
"Navigiert zu der vom Benutzer oder der Anwendung vorgegebenen Startseite."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:677
msgid "<gui>Location…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Location…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:678
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:679
msgid "Allows the user to specify a URI to navigate to."
msgstr "Ermöglicht dem Benutzer, eine URI anzugeben und dorthin zu navigieren."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:682
msgid "<gui>Previous Page</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Previous Page</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:683
msgid "<key>PageUp</key>"
msgstr "<key>PageUp</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:684
msgid "Navigates to the previous page in the document."
msgstr "Navigiert zur vorherigen Seite im Dokument."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:687
msgid "<gui>Next Page</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Next Page</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:688
msgid "<key>PageDown</key>"
msgstr "<key>PageDown</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:689
msgid "Navigates to the next page in the document."
msgstr "Navigiert zur nächsten Seite im Dokument."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:692
msgid "<gui>Go to Page…</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Go to Page…</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:694
msgid ""
"Allows the user to specify a page number to be navigated to. Text-based "
"applications may also include a <gui>Go to Line…</gui> menu item, which "
"allows the user to jump to a specified line number."
msgstr ""
"Ermöglicht dem Benutzer die Angabe einer Seitennummer, zu der navigiert "
"werden soll. In textbezogenen Anwendungen ist auch der Menüeintrag <gui>Go "
"to Line…</gui> sinnvoll, mit dem der Benutzer zu einer angegebenen "
"Zeilennummer springen kann."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:697
msgid "<gui>First Page</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>First Page</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:698
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Pos1</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:699
msgid "Navigates to the first page in the document."
msgstr "Navigiert zur ersten Seite im Dokument."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:702
msgid "<gui>Last Page</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Last Page</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:703
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Ende</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:704
msgid "Navigates to the last page in the document."
msgstr "Navigiert zur letzten Seite im Dokument."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/keyboard-input.page:712
msgid "Windows"
msgstr "Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:714
msgid "Standard <gui>Windows</gui> menu items."
msgstr "Standardeinträge des <gui>Windows</gui>-Menüs."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:726
msgid "<gui>Save All</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Save All</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:728
msgid ""
"Saves all open documents. If any documents have no current filename, prompt "
"for a filename for each one in turn using the standard <gui>Save</gui> "
"dialog."
msgstr ""
"Speichert alle geöffneten Dokumente. Falls für einige Dokumente noch kein "
"Dateiname vergeben wurde, wird für jedes dieser Dokumente ein <gui>Save</"
"gui>-Standarddialog geöffnet und um die Eingabe eines Namens gebeten."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:731
msgid "<gui>Close All</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Close All</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:733
msgid ""
"Closes all open documents. If there are any unsaved changes in any "
"documents, post a confirmation alert for each one in turn."
msgstr ""
"Schließt alle geöffneten Dokumente. Falls Änderungen in den Dokumenten noch "
"nicht gesichert wurden, wird für jedes der Dokumente ein Bestätigungsdialog "
"angezeigt."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:736
msgid "List of windows"
msgstr "Fensterliste"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/keyboard-input.page:738
msgid ""
"Each menu item raises the corresponding window to the top of the window "
"stack."
msgstr ""
"Jeder Menüeintrag hebt das entsprechende Fenster in die oberste Ebene des "
"Fensterstapels."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/lists.page:9
msgid "Rows of information or content items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/lists.page:17
msgid "Lists"
msgstr "Listen"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/lists.page:19
msgid ""
"Lists are a basic user interface element that can be used to present "
"information, content items, or controls. There are two primary types of list "
"in GNOME 3: standard lists and tables."
msgstr ""
"Listen sind ein grundlegendes Element der Benutzeroberfläche. Sie können zum "
"Darstellen von Informationen, Inhaltsobjekten oder Bedienelementen verwendet "
"werden. In GNOME 3 gibt es zwei primäre Typen: Standardlisten und Tabellen."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/lists.page:21
msgid ""
"<link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">Sidebar lists</link> are a separate design "
"pattern which also make use of a list."
msgstr ""
"<link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">Listen in der Seitenleiste</link> sind ein "
"separates Designmuster, das ebenfalls eine Listenansicht verwendet."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:26
msgid ""
"A list is an appropriate way to present content items that have a distinct "
"name as their primary identifier. If the content is visual in nature, such "
"as with photos or videos, you might want to consider using a <link xref="
"\"grids\">grid</link> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:28
msgid ""
"In some cases, it is advantageous to show both a list and a grid view for "
"the same content items. Used in this way, a list view allows additional "
"information to be displayed about the content through columns of information."
msgstr ""
"In einigen Fällen ist es vorteilhaft, für die gleichen Inhaltsobjekte sowohl "
"eine Listen- als auch eine Gitteransicht zu ermöglichen. Auf diese Weise "
"erlaubt eine Listenansicht die Darstellung zusätzlicher Informationen zum "
"Inhalt mittels Informationsspalten."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/lists.page:33
msgid "Standard lists"
msgstr "Standardlisten"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:35
msgid ""
"Standard lists are most common list type, and should generally be used in "
"favor of tables."
msgstr ""
"Standardlisten sind der häufigste Listentyp und sollten generell gegenüber "
"Tabellen bevorzugt werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:37
msgid ""
"In standard lists, each row is divided by separators, and changing the sort "
"order is achieved by using a control outside the list itself."
msgstr ""
"In Standardlisten werden die Zeilen durch Trenner abgegrenzt. Die Änderung "
"der Sortierreihenfolge geschieht durch ein Bedienelement außerhalb der "
"eigentlichen Liste."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/lists.page:40
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "Stile"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:42
msgid ""
"Standard lists have two styles: full-width and embedded. Full-width lists "
"fill their container, while embedded lists are surrounded by padding."
msgstr ""
"Standardlisten haben zwei Stile: volle Breite oder eingebettet. Listen "
"voller Breite füllen ihren umgebenden Container, während eingebettete Listen "
"von der Auffüllung umrandet werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:44
msgid ""
"Full-width lists are visually simpler, and therefore more elegant. They "
"should be used where possible. At the same time, it is not always possible "
"to use a full-width list, and there are some situations where embedded lists "
"are a better choice:"
msgstr ""
"Listen voller Breite sind visuell einfacher und daher eleganter. Sie sollten "
"verwendet werden, wo immer es möglich ist. Allerdings ist es nicht immer "
"möglich, eine Liste voller Breite zu implementieren. Es gibt einige "
"Situationen, in denen eine eingebettete Liste die bessere Wahl ist:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:47
msgid ""
"When the list contains columns of information that need to be kept close "
"together for readability purposes, and there is a need to have the list "
"inside a wide container."
msgstr ""
"Wenn die Liste Informationsspalten enthält, die zwecks besserer Lesbarkeit "
"nahe beieinander dargestellt werden müssen und daher die Liste in einen "
"breiten Container eingebettet werden muss."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:48
msgid "When a window contains several lists."
msgstr "Wenn ein Fenster verschiedene Listen enthält."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:49
msgid ""
"When the list needs to be aligned with other controls inside the window."
msgstr ""
"Wenn die Liste an anderen Bedienelementen im Fenster ausgerichtet werden "
"muss."

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/lists.page:52
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/list-styles.svg' "
"md5='61f37ec31df8748207a9152ea0589da0'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/lists.page:57
msgid "Editable lists"
msgstr "Bearbeitbare Listen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:59
msgid ""
"Editable lists allow a user to add or remove items from the list (for this "
"reason, they are sometimes known as add/remove lists). Both full-width and "
"embedded lists can be editable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:61
msgid ""
"Each row contains a remove button. If the number of items is short, the "
"final list row should be used as an add button. Alternatively, if the list "
"is long, the add button can be placed in a <link xref=\"header-bars\">header "
"bar</link> or <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bar</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/lists.page:63
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/editable-lists.svg' "
"md5='182e1ead38431882471350da832751d1'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/lists.page:69
msgid "Tables"
msgstr "Tabellen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:71
msgid ""
"Tables can be used for more complex multi-column lists, where sorting the "
"table by a variety of columns is common. Column headers allow people to "
"identify the type of information in each column and to reorder the list "
"according to the content of each column."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:73
msgid ""
"When using column headers, indicate the sort order using arrows on the "
"header."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:79
msgid "Arrow Direction"
msgstr "Pfeilrichtung"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:80
msgid "Example"
msgstr "Beispiel"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:85
msgid "Natural"
msgstr "Natürlich"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:86
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Nach unten"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:87
msgid ""
"Alphabetical, smallest number first, earliest date first, checked items first"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:90
msgid "Reverse"
msgstr "Umkehren"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:91
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Nach oben"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:92
msgid ""
"Reverse alphabetical, largest number first, most recent date first, "
"unchecked items first"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/lists.page:101
msgid "Row behavior"
msgstr "Verhalten von Spalten"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:103
msgid ""
"Depending on the type of list, rows have different behaviors when they are "
"clicked or pressed. There are three types of list in this regard:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:108
msgid "List Type"
msgstr "Listentyp"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:109
msgid "Row Behavior"
msgstr "Verhalten von Zeilen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:114
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "Navigation"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:115
msgid ""
"Selecting a row opens the corresponding item, whether it is by browsing to a "
"new view or opening a dialog. This pattern is common for lists of content "
"items, or for presenting groups of settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:118
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Auswählen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:119
msgid ""
"The list item is selected when it is clicked or pressed. This approach is "
"often used for selecting one of a series of configuration options. In the "
"case of <link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">drop-down lists</link>, one option is "
"always selected. The selected row is indicated by a check mark."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:122
msgctxt "list-type"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Edit"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/lists.page:123
msgid ""
"Selecting the row item turns the row into a text entry field, which allows "
"the item to be edited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/lists.page:128
msgid ""
"Navigation style lists can be combined with <link xref=\"selection-mode"
"\">selection mode</link> in order to allow rows to be both opened and "
"manipulated. Using double-click to open list items should be avoided, since "
"it is undiscoverable and is incompatible with touch input."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:136
msgid ""
"Differentiate the different types of information using different alignments, "
"<link xref=\"typography\">text colors and weights</link>. Highlight the most "
"important and relevant information by giving other information a lighter "
"weight and/or color."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:137
msgid ""
"Be careful not to overpopulate lists with different columns and elements, "
"and ensure that you only use them to present essential information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:138
msgid ""
"As a rule of thumb, avoid using several lists in the same window, "
"particularly primary windows."
msgstr ""
"Als Faustregel gilt, dass Sie verschiedene Listen im gleichen Fenster "
"vermeiden sollten, insbesondere in primären Fenstern."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:139
msgid ""
"Do not use lists with fewer than about five items, unless the number of "
"items may increase over time. For options lists, check boxes or radio "
"buttons can be used as an alternative in this case."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie keine Listen mit weniger als fünf Einträgen, es sei denn, die "
"Anzahl der Einträge wächst mit der Zeit. Für Optionslisten können in diesem "
"Fall alternativ Ankreuzfelder oder Radioknöpfe verwendet werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:140
msgid ""
"Ensure that lists are ordered to be helpful to those who are using them. "
"Recent documents might be more useful than alphabetically ordered documents, "
"or contacts that are online might be more interesting than those who are "
"offline, for example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:141
msgid ""
"If you use icons in your list, <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\">use symbolic "
"icons</link>. The lower visual footprint of these icons will mean that they "
"do not visually overload or dominate your list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:142
msgid ""
"If the list is long, make it possible to search it using the standard <link "
"xref=\"search\">search design pattern</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:150 C/sidebar-lists.page:56
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkListBox.html"
"\">GtkListBox</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkListBox.html"
"\">GtkListBox</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/lists.page:151
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkTreeView.html"
"\">GtkTreeView</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkTreeView.html"
"\">GtkTreeView</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/menu-bars.page:30
msgid "Menu bars"
msgstr "Menüleisten"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:32
msgid ""
"A menu bar incorporates a strip of drop-down menus. It is typically located "
"at the top of a primary window, below a window title bar."
msgstr ""
"Eine Menüleiste enthält eine Aufreihung von Auswahlmenüs. Sie befindet sich "
"üblicherweise am oberen Rand eines primären Fenster, unterhalb von dessen "
"Titelleiste."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/menu-bars.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/menu-bar.svg' "
"md5='126e396f29c93fb7e15bc1ed5c1b94ea'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:39
msgid ""
"Menu bars increase the vertical footprint of an application’s user "
"interface, introduce a large number of disclosure points, and function as a "
"fixed set of inflexible options. For these reasons, <link xref=\"header-bars"
"\">header bars</link> and <link xref=\"header-bar-menus\">header bar menus</"
"link> are generally recommended over menu bars, along with other design "
"patterns for exposing controls on demand, such as <link xref=\"selection-mode"
"\">selection mode</link>, <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bars</link>, and "
"<link xref=\"popovers\">popovers</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:41
msgid ""
"At the same time, it can be appropriate for complex applications that "
"already include a menu bar to retain it. Additionally, some platforms also "
"incorporate space for a menu bar in their user environment, and a menu model "
"can be desirable for cross-platform integration purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/menu-bars.page:46
msgid "Standard menus"
msgstr "Standardmenüs"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:48
msgid ""
"This section details the most common menus and menu items in a menu bar. For "
"details on the standard items to include in each of these menus, see <link "
"xref=\"keyboard-input#application-shortcuts\">keyboard input</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:52
msgid "<gui>File</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>File</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:53
msgid ""
"Commands that operate on the current document or content item as a whole. It "
"is the left-most item in the menubar because of its importance and frequency "
"of use, and because it is a relevant menu in many applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:54
msgid ""
"If your application does not operate on files, name this menu for the type "
"of object it displays. For example, a music player could have a <gui>Music</"
"gui> instead of a <gui>File</gui> menu."
msgstr ""
"Falls Ihre Anwendung nicht dateibasiert arbeitet, benennen Sie dieses Menü "
"anhand des Objekttyps um, den es darstellt. Beispielsweise könnte ein "
"Musikwiedergabeprogramm ein <gui>Music</gui>- anstelle eines <gui>File</gui>-"
"Menüs haben."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:57
msgid "<gui>Edit</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Edit</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:58
msgid ""
"The <gui>Edit</gui> menu contains items relating to editing the document, "
"such as clipboard handling, find and replace, and inserting objects."
msgstr ""
"Das <gui>Edit</gui>-Menü enthält Einträge mit Bezug auf die Bearbeitung "
"eines Dokuments, wie Aktionen mit der Zwischenablage, Suchen und Ersetzen "
"sowie Einfügen von Objekten."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:61
msgid "<gui>View</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>View</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:62
msgid ""
"Includes items that affect the user’s view, such as of the current document "
"or page, or how items are presented for browsing. Do not place any items on "
"the <gui>View</gui> menu that affect content items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:65
msgid "<gui>Insert</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Insert</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:66
msgid ""
"Lists the types of objects that can be inserted into the current document, "
"such as images, links or page breaks. Only provide this menu if you have "
"more than about six types of object that can be inserted, otherwise place "
"individual items for each type on the <gui>Edit</gui> menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:69
msgid "<gui>Format</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Format</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:70
msgid ""
"Includes commands to change the visual appearance of the document. For "
"example, changing the font, color, or line spacing of a text selection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:71
msgid ""
"The difference between these commands and those on the <gui>View</gui> menu "
"is that changes made with <gui>Format</gui> commands are persistent and "
"saved as part of the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:72
msgid "Items found on the Format menu are very application-specific."
msgstr "Die Einträge im <gui>Format</gui>-Menü sind sehr anwendungsspezifisch."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:75
msgid "<gui>Bookmarks</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Bookmarks</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:76
msgid ""
"Provide a Bookmarks menu in any application that allows the user to browse "
"files and folders, help documents, web pages or any other large information "
"space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:79
msgid "<gui>Go</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Go</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:80
msgid ""
"A <gui>Go</gui> menu provides commands for quickly navigating around a "
"document or collection of documents, or an information space such as a "
"directory structure or the web."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:81
msgid ""
"The contents of the menu will vary depending on the type of application."
msgstr "Der Inhalt des Menüs hängt von der Art der Anwendung ab."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:84
msgid "<gui>Windows</gui>"
msgstr "<gui>Windows</gui>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:85
msgid ""
"Commands that apply to all of the application’s open windows. You may also "
"label this menu <gui>Documents</gui>, <gui>Buffers</gui>, or similar "
"according to the type of document handled by your application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:86
msgid ""
"The last items on this menu are a numbered list of the application’s primary "
"windows, for example <gui>1shoppinglist.abw</gui>. Selecting one of these "
"items raises the corresponding window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:96
msgid ""
"The menubar is normally visible at all times and is always accessible from "
"the keyboard, so make all the commands available in your application "
"available on the menubar. (This guideline is unique to menu bars - other "
"menus should not seek to reproduce functionality that is made available by "
"other controls)."
msgstr ""
"Die Menüleiste ist normalerweise ständig sichtbar und mit der Tastatur kann "
"immer darauf zugegriffen werden. Daher sollten Sie alle in Ihrer Anwendung "
"verfügbaren Befehle auch in der Menüleiste verfügbar machen. (Diese "
"Richtlinie bezieht sich nur auf Menüleisten – andere Menüs sollten keine "
"Funktionalität reproduzieren, die über andere Bedienelemente erreichbar "
"sind.)"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:97
msgid ""
"Treat <link xref=\"application-menus\">application menus</link> as part of "
"the menu bar - it is not necessary to reproduce items from the application "
"menu in other menus."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:98
msgid ""
"Do not disable menu titles. Allow the user to explore the menu, even though "
"there might be no available items on it at that time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:99
msgid ""
"Menu titles on a menubar are single words with their first letter "
"capitalized. Do not use spaces in menu titles, as this makes them easily-"
"mistaken for two separate menu titles. Do not use compound words (such as "
"<gui>WindowOptions</gui>) or hyphens (such as <gui>Window-Options</gui>) to "
"circumvent this guideline."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:100
msgid ""
"Do not provide a mechanism for hiding the menubar, as this may be activated "
"accidentally. Some users will not be able to figure out how to get the menu "
"bar back in this case."
msgstr ""
"Bieten Sie besser keine Möglichkeit an, die Menüleiste zu verbergen, da dies "
"unabsichtlich aktiviert werden könnte. Einige Benutzer könnten dann nicht "
"mehr in der Lage sein herauszufinden, wie sie die Menüleiste wieder "
"aktivieren können."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:109 C/menus.page:76
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenu.html\">GtkMenu</"
"link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenu.html\">GtkMenu</"
"link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:110 C/menus.page:77
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuBar.html"
"\">GtkMenuBar</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuBar.html"
"\">GtkMenuBar</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:111 C/menus.page:79
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuItem.html"
"\">GtkMenuItem</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkMenuItem.html"
"\">GtkMenuItem</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:112 C/menus.page:80
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkRadioMenuItem.html"
"\">GtkRadioMenuItem</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkRadioMenuItem.html"
"\">GtkRadioMenuItem</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:113 C/menus.page:81
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkCheckMenuItem.html"
"\">GtkCheckMenuItem</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkCheckMenuItem.html"
"\">GtkCheckMenuItem</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menu-bars.page:114 C/menus.page:82
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSeparatorMenuItem."
"html\">GtkSeparatorMenuItem</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSeparatorMenuItem."
"html\">GtkSeparatorMenuItem</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/menus.page:30
msgid "Menus"
msgstr "Menüs"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/menus.page:32
msgid ""
"A menu is a list of actions and/or options which is revealed by pressing a "
"heading or button. In the case of context menus, the menu is opened through "
"a secondary action (such as secondary click with a mouse, or long press with "
"a touch screen) on an item of content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/menus.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/menu.svg' "
"md5='1997424d43df9bee4a79276f2f7ec305'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/menus.page:39
msgid ""
"Menus can appear as a part of a <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bar</link>, as "
"context menus (see <link xref=\"selection-mode\">selection mode</link>), or "
"as part of a <link xref=\"button-menus\">button menu</link>. Refer to the "
"relevant pages for advice on when to use these elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/menus.page:44
msgid "Size and structure"
msgstr "Größe und Struktur"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/menus.page:46
msgid ""
"Menus should contain between three and 12 top-level items. If a menu "
"contains more than 12 items, evaluate whether all the items are necessary "
"and belong in the menu. If you are unable to reduce the size, submenus can "
"be used. However, they should be avoided if at all possible, as they are "
"physically difficult to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/menus.page:48
msgid ""
"Submenus should contain between three and six items, and should never "
"contain other submenus."
msgstr ""
"Untermenüs sollten zwischen drei und sechs Einträgen enthalten und niemals "
"weitere Untermenüs."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/menus.page:50
msgid ""
"Organize similar menu items into groups using dividers - this will make them "
"easier to understand and quicker to use. When creating groups:"
msgstr ""
"Fassen Sie ähnliche Menüeinträge mittels Trennern in einer Gruppe zusammen. "
"Dadurch wird das Verständnis erleichtert und die Bedienung beschleunigt. Bei "
"Erstellen von Gruppen:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menus.page:53
msgid ""
"Order groups and group items logically, either by importance, task order, or "
"expected frequency of use. Items at the top and bottom of the menu are more "
"noticeable and easily targetted, so reserve these locations for particularly "
"important or interesting functionality."
msgstr ""
"Ordnen Sie Gruppen und Gruppeneinträge logisch an, entweder nach "
"Wichtigkeit, Aufgabenfolge oder der zu erwartenden Häufigkeit der Nutzung. "
"Der oberste und der unterste Eintrag sollten für wichtige oder interessante "
"Funktionalität reserviert werden, das diese Einträge am schnellsten die "
"Aufmerksamkeit des Benutzers auf sich lenken."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menus.page:54
msgid ""
"Place single-item groups at the top or bottom of the menu, or group them "
"together with other single items."
msgstr ""
"Platzieren Sie Gruppen mit einem einzelnen Eintrag ganz oben oder ganz unten "
"im Menü oder fassen Sie sie in einer Gruppe mit anderen Einzeleinträgen "
"zusammen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menus.page:55
msgid ""
"Do not mix different types of menu item within each group - actions, check "
"box and radio button items should be kept separate."
msgstr ""
"Mischen Sie nicht verschiedene Menüeintragstypen innerhalb einer Gruppe - "
"Aktionen, Ankreuzfelder und Auswahlknöpfe sollten voneinander getrennt "
"werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menus.page:64
msgid ""
"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> for "
"every menu item. You may use the same access key on different menus in your "
"application, but avoid duplicating access keys on the same menu. Note that "
"unlike other controls, once a menu is displayed, its access keys may be used "
"by just typing the letter; it is not necessary to press the Alt key at the "
"same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menus.page:65
msgid ""
"Label menu items with verbs for commands and adjectives for settings, using "
"<link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menus.page:66
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#ellipses\">ellipses</link> when a menu item "
"requires further input from the user to complete an action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/menus.page:67
msgid ""
"Two linked actions can be combined into a single menu item, by changing the "
"label when the item is selected. For example, a <gui>Play</gui> item may "
"change to <gui>Pause</gui>. However, only use this type of item when actions "
"are logical opposites which are obvious to users. Likewise, do not use this "
"technique for settings - use check boxes or radio buttons instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/notifications.page:8
msgid "System-wide event notifications"
msgstr "Systemweite Benachrichtigungen zu Ereignissen"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/notifications.page:16
msgid "Notifications"
msgstr "Benachrichtigungen"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/notifications.page:18
msgid ""
"Notifications enable you to inform the users about events when they are not "
"using your application. They also provide the ability for users to quickly "
"respond to those events, using notification actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/notifications.page:23
msgid ""
"Use notifications to inform the user about events they will be interested in "
"while they are not using your application. This can include new messages in "
"messaging applications, the completion of long-running tasks, reminders for "
"calendars, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/notifications.page:25
msgid ""
"Notifications shouldn’t be used as a substitute for feedback that is "
"provided by your application windows, which should be able to inform the "
"user about events without the need for notifications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/notifications.page:30
msgid "Notification elements"
msgstr "Elemente in Benachrichtigungen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/notifications.page:32
msgid "Notifications in GNOME 3 have a number of standard components:"
msgstr ""
"Für Benachrichtigungen in GNOME 3 gibt es eine Reihe von Standardkomponenten:"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:37
msgid "Element"
msgstr "Element"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:42
msgid "Application Icon"
msgstr "Anwendungssymbol"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:42
msgid "Indicates which application sent the notification."
msgstr "Zeigt an, welche Anwendung die Benachrichtigung gesendet hat."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:45
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Titel"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:45
msgid "The heading for the notification."
msgstr "Die Überschrift der Benachrichtigung."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:48
msgid "Body"
msgstr "Rumpf"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:48
msgid ""
"An optional block of text which gives extra detail about the notification. "
"The notification body can include multiple paragraphs. For example: a "
"snippet from the beginning of an email."
msgstr ""
"Ein optionaler Textblock, der zusätzliche Details zur Benachrichtigung "
"enthält. Der Textrumpf der Benachrichtigung kann in mehrere Absätze "
"unterteilt sein, zum Beispiel ein Teil des Anfangs einer E-Mail."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:51
msgid "Default Action"
msgstr "Standardaktion"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:51
msgid ""
"This is the action that is triggered when the notification is activated."
msgstr ""
"Dies ist die Aktion, die bei der Aktivierung der Benachrichtigung ausgelöst "
"wird."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:54
msgid "Actions"
msgstr "Aktionen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/notifications.page:54
msgid "Each notification can include up to three buttons."
msgstr "Jede Benachrichtigung kann bis zu drei Knöpfe enthalten."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/notifications.page:60
msgid "Titles"
msgstr "Titel"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/notifications.page:62
msgid ""
"The title should provide a short and concise summary of the event that "
"triggered the notification. The notification body may not always be visible, "
"so it is important to ensure that the notification can be understood from "
"the title alone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/notifications.page:67
msgid "Default actions"
msgstr "Standardaktionen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/notifications.page:69
msgid ""
"The default action should always dismiss the notification and raise a window "
"belonging to the application that sent the notification. If the notification "
"relates to a particular part of your application’s user interface, the "
"default action should display that part of the UI. The default action for a "
"notification about a new email should show the relevant email message when "
"activated, for example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/notifications.page:74
msgid "Notification actions"
msgstr "Benachrichtigungsaktionen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/notifications.page:76
msgid ""
"You can provide useful functionality by embedding buttons in notifications. "
"This allows users to quickly and easily respond to the notification."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:79
msgid ""
"Notification actions should be related to the content of the notification, "
"and should not provide generic actions for your application. This ensures "
"that each notification has a clear focus and purpose."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:80
msgid ""
"Only use notification actions when the functionality that they provide is "
"commonly required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:81
msgid ""
"Actions should not replace user interface controls elsewhere - it should be "
"possible to take the same actions from your application’s windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:82
msgid ""
"It is not necessary to always use notification actions, and many "
"notifications will not require them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:83
msgid ""
"Notification actions should not duplicate the default action. For example, a "
"new email notification does not need to include an Open button, since the "
"default action should already perform this action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/notifications.page:90
msgid "General guidance"
msgstr "Allgemeine Richtlinien"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:93
msgid ""
"It is important not to needlessly distract users with notifications. This "
"can easily become annoying and frustrating, and will not incline users to "
"like your application. Therefore, always be critical when using "
"notifications, and question whether users really need to be informed about "
"the events you want to communicate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:94
msgid ""
"Applications that deal with lots of events, such as email or social media "
"messages, run a particular risk of distracting users with too many "
"notifications. These applications should place restrictions on how "
"frequently they send notification messages. Instead of showing a "
"notification for each new message, it is a good idea for each notification "
"to provide a summary of new messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:95
msgid ""
"Notifications in GNOME 3 persist after they have been initially displayed. "
"It is therefore important to remove notification messages that are no longer "
"relevant to the user."
msgstr ""
"Benachrichtigungen in GNOME 3 bleiben erhalten, nachdem sie erstmals "
"angezeigt wurden. Daher ist es wichtig, Benachrichtigungen zu löschen, die "
"für den Benutzer nicht mehr von Bedeutung sind."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:97
msgid ""
"Your application window should provide feedback on all the events that have "
"been communicated by notifications. As a result, when your application "
"window is focused, notification messages should be treated as having been "
"read, and should be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:98
msgid ""
"Ensure that your application removes notifications that are no longer valid. "
"For example, a notification for a weather warning that has been revoked "
"should be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/notifications.page:107
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gio/stable/GNotification.html"
"\">GNotification</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gio/stable/GNotification.html"
"\">GNotification</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:7
msgid "Floating controls, often used for images and video controls"
msgstr "Schwebende Steuerungen, oft für Bilder und Videos verwendet"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:15
msgid "Overlaid controls"
msgstr "Überlagerte Bedienelemente"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:17
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/overlaid-controls.svg' "
"md5='14e776e3385eeafe86fbdd64c9efe595'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:19
msgid ""
"Transient controls that float over content are a common pattern for "
"applications that show images or video."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:24
msgid ""
"Since overlaid controls hide when they are not in use, they help to provide "
"an uncluttered viewing experience. They are appropriate when it is desirable "
"to present a clean and distraction-free view on a content item - this is "
"particularly (although not exclusively) appropriate for images and video."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:26
msgid ""
"Overlaid controls may be inappropriate if they obscure relevant parts of the "
"content below. Image editing controls may interfere with the ability to see "
"their effects, for example. In these cases, controls should not be overlaid."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:34
msgid ""
"Follow established conventions for this type of control, such as left/right "
"browse buttons in image viewers, and player controls at the bottom for video."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:35
msgid ""
"Controls should be displayed when the pointer is moved over the content, or "
"when it is tapped (on touch devices)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:36
msgid ""
"Overlaid controls can be attached to the edge of the content/window, or can "
"be free-floating. <link xref=\"action-bars\">Action bars</link> can be "
"treated as overlaid controls."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/overlaid-controls.page:37
msgid "Use the standard \"OSD\" theme style for overlaid controls."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/patterns.page:13
msgid "Design patterns"
msgstr "Designmuster"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/patterns.page:15
msgid ""
"Patterns are the primary elements that make up an application design. Some "
"patterns, like application menus or header bars, are highly recommended. "
"Others are optional, and deciding on which patterns you want to use forms a "
"core part of the design process. To help with this, each pattern page "
"details the appropriate uses of each pattern, and suggests alternatives that "
"might be applicable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/patterns.page:18
msgid "Anatomy of a GNOME 3 application"
msgstr "Anatomie einer GNOME-2-Anwendung"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/patterns.page:19
msgid "A visual reference for some of the most common GNOME 3 design patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/patterns.page:20
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/patterns.svg' "
"md5='f0189f11788efa1c344770abffa80a2e'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/patterns.page:24
msgid "Core design patterns"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/patterns.page:30
msgid "Supplementary design patterns"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:17
msgid "Pointer and touch input"
msgstr "Eingabe über Zeiger und Berührung"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:19
msgid ""
"Pointer and touch input are two of the primary means through which users "
"will interact with your application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:22
msgid "Pointer input"
msgstr "Zeigereingabe"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:24
msgid ""
"A pointing device is any input device that allows the manipulation of a "
"pointer - typically represented as an arrow, and often called a cursor - on "
"screen. While mice and touchpads are the most common, there are a wide "
"variety of such devices, including graphics tablets, track balls, track "
"points and joysticks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:27
msgid "Primary and secondary buttons"
msgstr "Primäre und sekundäre Tasten"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:29
msgid ""
"Mice and touchpads often have two main buttons. One of these acts as the "
"primary button, and the other acts as the secondary button. Typically, the "
"left button is used as the primary button and the right button is used as "
"the secondary button. However, this order is user-configurable and does not "
"translate to touchscreen input. These guidelines therefore refer to primary "
"and secondary action, rather than left and right."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:31
msgid ""
"Use the primary action for selecting items and activating controls. The "
"secondary action can be used for accessing additional options, typically "
"through a context menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:33
msgid ""
"Do not depend on input from secondary or other additional buttons. As well "
"as being physically more difficult to click, some pointing devices and many "
"assistive technology devices only support or emulate the primary button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:35
msgid ""
"Press and hold should be used to simulate the secondary button on single "
"button pointing devices. Therefore, do not use press and hold for other "
"purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:43
msgid ""
"Double click should not be used, since it is undiscoverable, and translates "
"poorly to touch input."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:44
msgid ""
"If present on the mouse, the scrollwheel should scroll the window or control "
"under the pointer, if it supports scrolling. Initiating scrolling in this "
"way should not move keyboard focus to the window or control being scrolled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:45
msgid ""
"Do not require the use of chording (pressing multiple mouse buttons "
"simultaneously) for any operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:46
msgid ""
"Do not require the use of multiple (triple- or quadruple-) clicking actions "
"for any operations, unless you also provide an accessible alternative method "
"of performing the same action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:47
msgid ""
"Allow all mouse operations to be cancelled before their completion. Pressing "
"<key>Esc</key> should cancel any mouse operation in progress, such as "
"dragging and dropping a file in a file manager, or drawing a shape in a "
"drawing application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:48
msgid ""
"Do not refer to particular mouse buttons in your interface unless absolutely "
"necessary. Not everybody will be using a conventional mouse with left, "
"middle and right buttons, so any text or diagrams that refer to those may be "
"confusing."
msgstr ""
"Verweisen Sie in Ihrer Anwendung ausdrücklich auf bestimmte Maustasten, es "
"sei denn, dies ist absolut notwendig. Bedenken Sie, dass nicht jeder "
"Benutzer eine konventionelle Maus mit linker, mittlerer und rechter Taste "
"verwendet. Text oder Diagramme, in denen Sie sich explizit auf die "
"Tastenanordnung beziehen, können daher verwirrend sein."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:54
msgid "Mouse and keyboard equivalents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:56
msgid ""
"Ensure that every operation in your application that can be done with the "
"mouse can also be done with the keyboard. The only exceptions to this are "
"actions where fine motor control is an essential part of the task. For "
"example, controlling movement in some types of action games, or freehand "
"painting in an image-editing application."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie sicher, dass jede Operation, die in Ihrer Anwendung mit der Maus "
"ausgeführt wird, auch über die Tastatur erreichbar ist. Ausnahmen bilden "
"lediglich Aktionen, für die feinmotorische Steuerung grundlegender "
"Bestandteil der Aufgabe ist. Beispiele sind die Bewegungssteuerung in Action-"
"Spielen oder das Freihandzeichnen in Bildbearbeitungsprogrammen."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:58
msgid ""
"If your application allows items to be selected, the following equivalent "
"actions should be in place."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:63 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:118
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Aktion"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:64
msgid "Mouse"
msgstr "Maus"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:65
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tastatur"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:70
msgid "Open an item"
msgstr "Ein Objekt öffnen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:71 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:86
msgid "Primary button"
msgstr "Primäre Taste"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:75
msgid "Add/remove item from selection"
msgstr "Objekt zur Auswahl hinzufügen oder daraus entfernen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:76
msgid "<key>Ctrl</key> and primary button"
msgstr "<key>Strg</key> und primäre Maustaste"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:77
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:80
msgid "Extend selection"
msgstr "Auswahl erweitern"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:81
msgid "<key>Shift</key> and primary button"
msgstr "<key>Umschalttaste</key> und primäre Maustaste"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:82
msgid ""
"<key>Shift</key> in combination with any of the following: <key>Space</key> "
"<key>Home</key> <key>End</key> <key>PageUp</key> <key>PageDown</key>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:85
msgid "Change selection"
msgstr "Auswahl ändern"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:87
msgid ""
"Any of the following: <key>←</key> <key>↑</key> <key>→</key> <key>↓</key> "
"<key>Home</key> <key>End</key> <key>PageUp</key> <key>PageDown</key>"
msgstr ""
"Eines von: <key>←</key> <key>↑</key> <key>→</key> <key>↓</key> <key>Home</"
"key> <key>End</key> <key>PageUp</key> <key>PageDown</key>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:90
msgid "Select all"
msgstr "Alles auswählen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:91
msgid ""
"Primary button on first item, then primary button and <key>Shift</key> on "
"the last item"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:95
msgid "Deselect all"
msgstr "Auswahl aufheben"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:96
msgid "Primary click on the container background"
msgstr "Klick mit der primären Maustaste auf den Hintergrund des Containers"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:106
msgid "Touch input"
msgstr "Eingabe über Berührung"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:108
msgid ""
"Touch screens are also an increasingly common part of modern computer "
"hardware, and applications created with GTK+ are likely to be used with "
"hardware that incorporates a touch screen. To make the most of this "
"hardware, and to conform to users’ expectations, it is therefore important "
"to consider touch input as a part of application design."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:111
msgid "Application touch conventions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:113
msgid ""
"Using touch input consistently with other applications will allow users to "
"easily learn how to use your application with a touch screen. The following "
"conventions are recommended, where relevant."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:120
msgid "Result"
msgstr "Ergebnis"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:125
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Tap</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:128
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/tap.svg' md5='542dacd6f7b5d2a559c0941fd43c1271'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:129
msgid "Tap on an item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:130
msgid ""
"Primary action. Item opens - photo is shown full size, application launches, "
"song starts playing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:133
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Press and hold</em>"
msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Drücken und Halten</em>"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:136
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/tap-and-hold.svg' "
"md5='758a756e51dcdc6790ad8d6dfec30a61'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:137
msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:138
msgid ""
"Secondary action. Select the item and list actions that can be performed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:141
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Drag</em>"
msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Ziehen</em>"

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:144
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/drag.svg' md5='56fa4d12196bb021a0c0b3c601b66879'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:145
msgid "Slide finger touching the surface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:146
msgid "Scrolls area on screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:149
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Pinch or stretch</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:152
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/pinch-or-stretch.svg' "
"md5='4c4ee87ce1441e624ed512d86b18feab'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:153
msgid ""
"Touch surface with two fingers while bringing them closer or further apart."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:154
msgid "Changes the zoom level of the view (eg. Maps, Photos)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:157
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Double tap</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:160
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/double-tap.svg' "
"md5='1f07b8f4aa0e035dfda6396f34181400'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:161
msgid "Tap twice in quick succession."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:162
msgid "Stepped zoom in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:165
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Flick</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:168
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/flick.svg' md5='99705b91124b157c3ffdf0cc8593d787'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:169
msgid ""
"Very quick drag, losing contact with the surface without slowing movement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:170
msgid "Removes an item."
msgstr "Entfernt ein Objekt."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:178
msgid "System touch conventions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:180
msgid ""
"In GNOME 3, a number of touch gestures are reserved for use by the system. "
"These should be avoided by applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:184
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Edge drag</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:187
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/edge-drag.svg' "
"md5='7d7ca541e9451653ace9c73f94485cd6'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:188
msgid "Slide finger starting from a screen edge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:189
msgid "Top-left edge opens the application menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:190
msgid "Top-right edge opens the system status menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:191
msgid ""
"Left edge opens the Activities Overview with the application view visible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:194
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Three finger pinch</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:197
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/3-finger-pinch.svg' "
"md5='3d665caebb2ce8be56beebfcaa8619a1'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:198
msgid "Bring three or more fingers closer together while touching the surface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:199
msgid "Opens the Activities Overview."
msgstr "Öffnet die aktivitäten-Übersicht."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:202
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Four finger drag</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:205
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/4-finger-drag.svg' "
"md5='d4ad2c4258656637d39fcbe7bd94783c'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:206
msgid "Drag up or down with four fingers touching the surface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:207
msgid "Switches workspace."
msgstr "Wechselt die Arbeitsfläche."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:210
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Three finger hold and tap</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:213
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/touch/3-finger-hold-and-tap.svg' "
"md5='e37c9a8b7f4c24f19368550bcc8309d5'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:214
msgid "Hold three fingers on the surface while tapping with the fourth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:215
msgid "Switches application."
msgstr "Wechselt die Anwendung."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/popovers.page:18
msgid "Popovers"
msgstr "Einblenddialoge"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/popovers.page:20
msgid ""
"A popover is a transient container that appears over its parent window in "
"response to a user action. Popovers can contain a variety of UI elements, "
"including buttons, lists or menus. They are often used as a part of button "
"menus or context menus."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/popovers.page:22
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/popover.svg' "
"md5='c228a892a76a914660a76aa77830924c'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/popovers.page:27
msgid ""
"Popovers can be used to reveal additional controls that are not always "
"needed by the user. They can can allow the user to take actions or they can "
"contain settings and preferences. They are a very flexible interface element "
"that lend themselves to creative design solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/popovers.page:29
msgid ""
"A popover should always relate to a specific interface element which acts as "
"the source of the popover. Typically, this is either a button or a content "
"item. When they are triggered by a button, a popover can be used as a more "
"flexible version of a button menu, allowing groups of controls to be "
"accessed when needed. Examples of this include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/popovers.page:32
msgid "Revealing a small toolbox of text formatting controls."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/popovers.page:33
msgid ""
"A find interface, with a search entry box and a space for a list of results."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/popovers.page:34
msgid ""
"A collection of view controls, such as zoom, list/grid and content ordering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/popovers.page:37
msgid ""
"As a mechanism for disclosing additional controls or information, popovers "
"are similar to <link xref=\"dialogs\">dialog windows</link>. Their main "
"advantage over dialogs is that they are less disruptive and have a close "
"relationship with a single element which the popover points to. However, you "
"should still consider using a dialog if you want to display large amounts of "
"information, or more complex arrangements of controls, or if the situation "
"requires one of the common conventions for dialog usage, such as a "
"confirmation dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/popovers.page:42
msgid "Popover content"
msgstr "Inhalt von Einblenddialogen"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/popovers.page:45
msgid ""
"A popover is a generic container, and can include a wide variety of "
"controls, such as buttons, sliders, lists, switches and text fields. "
"However, don’t mix too many different types of control within the same "
"popover, and try to group controls of the same type together."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/popovers.page:46
msgid ""
"Popovers can function as a container for a menu, or for a menu in "
"combination with a small number of supplementary controls."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/popovers.page:47
msgid ""
"If the purpose of a popover’s controls is ambiguous, the popover can be "
"given a heading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/popovers.page:48
msgid ""
"<gui>Close</gui> or <gui>Done</gui> buttons are not usually required in a "
"popover."
msgstr ""
"Knöpfe wie <gui>Close</gui> oder <gui>Done</gui> sind in einem "
"Einblenddialog üblicherweise nicht erforderlich."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/popovers.page:57
msgid ""
"Popovers should always be small in size (as a rule of thumb, they should not "
"cover more than a third of their parent window) and low in complexity. They "
"should always appear as subordinates to their parent windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/popovers.page:58
msgid ""
"A popover should only ever appear in response to a user action, and should "
"never appear in a surprising or unintended manner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/popovers.page:67
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkPopover.html"
"\">GtkPopover</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkPopover.html"
"\">GtkPopover</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/primary-windows.page:7
msgid "The main window(s) for your application"
msgstr "Das oder die Hauptfenster Ihrer Anwendung"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/primary-windows.page:15
msgid "Primary windows"
msgstr "Primäre Fenster"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/primary-windows.page:17
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
"md5='8a8e74a81b080c85bffc31e154705200'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:19
msgid ""
"Primary windows are the basic high-level container for your application user "
"interface, and should present the core functionality of your application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:24
msgid ""
"Every application should have at least one primary window associated with it."
msgstr ""
"Jede Anwendung sollte mindestens ein primäres Fenster haben, das ihr "
"zugeordnet ist."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/primary-windows.page:29
msgid "Application types"
msgstr "Anwendungstypen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:31
msgid "There are two main models for primary windows:"
msgstr "Es gibt zwei Hauptmodelle für primäre Fenster:"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/primary-windows.page:34
msgid "Single instance applications"
msgstr "Anwendungen mit einer Instanz"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:36
msgid ""
"Single instance applications have a single primary window. This model is "
"common for messaging applications, such as email, chat, or contacts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/primary-windows.page:41
msgid "Multiple instance applications"
msgstr "Anwendungen mit mehreren Instanzen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:43
msgid ""
"Multiple instance applications can have multiple primary windows. Typically, "
"each primary window will be identical. Multi-instance applications are "
"frequently viewers or editors, such as for documents or images."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:45
msgid ""
"Both single and multiple instance applications can allow multiple content "
"items to be opened, either through the use of <link xref=\"tabs\">tabs</"
"link> or browser-style navigation. However, multiple windows do offer "
"additional capabilities, which include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:48
msgid "Viewing several content items alongside each other."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:49
msgid "Placing content on different workspaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:50
msgid "Organizing sets of content into different windows (if using tabs)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/primary-windows.page:54
msgid "Parent/child primary windows"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:56
msgid ""
"Multiple instance applications typically have identical primary windows (in "
"the case multiple web browser windows, for example). However, this is not "
"always the case."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:58
msgid ""
"Primary windows can have a parent/child relationship. In this type of "
"application, there is only ever one parent window. This typically contains "
"an overview of content items which can be opened in the parent window, or in "
"a separate child window. This allows multiple content items to be "
"simultaneously open."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:60
msgid ""
"While child windows can only be opened through a parent window, they are not "
"dependent on them in order to stay open: closing the parent window does not "
"result in the closure of the application's child windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:62
msgid ""
"GNOME's <app>Notes</app> application is a good example of parent/child "
"primary windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:73
msgid ""
"A single primary window should always be displayed when your application is "
"launched."
msgstr ""
"Ein einzelnes primäres Fenster sollte stets angezeigt werden, wenn Ihre "
"Anwendung gestartet ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:74
msgid ""
"If your application launcher is activated while your application is running, "
"all its primary windows should be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:75
msgid ""
"Primary windows should host the main functionality of your application. Do "
"not rely on dialogs or secondary windows in order to present basic "
"functionality."
msgstr ""
"Primäre Fenster sollten die Hauptfunktionen Ihrer Anwendung bereitstellen. "
"Verlagern Sie keine grundlegende Funktionalität in Dialoge oder sekundäre "
"Fenster."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:76
msgid ""
"Primary windows should be independent - closing one primary window should "
"not result in other primary windows being closed."
msgstr ""
"Primäre Fenster sollten unabhängig sein. Das bedeutet, dass durch das "
"Schließen eines primären Fensters nicht auch die Schließung eines anderen "
"primären Fensters ausgelöst werden sollte."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:77
msgid ""
"Dialog windows should always be dependent on a primary window. See the <link "
"xref=\"dialogs\">dialogs page</link> guidelines."
msgstr ""
"Dialogfenster sollten stets von einem primären Fenster abhängig sein. "
"Erläuterungen hierzu finden Sie auf der Seite zu <link xref=\"dialogs"
"\">Dialogen</link>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:78
msgid ""
"The guidelines on <link xref=\"display-compatibility\">display "
"compatibility</link> are particularly relevant for primary windows: be "
"careful to ensure that they follow the advice on minimum display sizes, "
"display orientation, and half-screen snap."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:79
msgid "<gui>Quit</gui> should close all primary windows."
msgstr "<gui>Quit</gui> sollte alle primären Fenster schließen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:88
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkWindow.html"
"\">GtkWindow</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkWindow.html"
"\">GtkWindow</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/primary-windows.page:89
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkApplicationWindow."
"html\">GtkApplicationWindow</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkApplicationWindow."
"html\">GtkApplicationWindow</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/progress-bars.page:30
msgid "Progress bars"
msgstr "Fortschrittsbalken"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:32
msgid ""
"Progress bars indicate that a task is being carried out, along with how much "
"progress has been made through the task."
msgstr ""
"Fortschrittsbalken stellen dar, dass eine Aufgabe gerade ausgeführt wird und "
"wie weit die Ausführung bereits fortgeschritten ist."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/progress-bars.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/progress-bars.svg' "
"md5='7f66ae7b98f62e50dec20a577f85ad46'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:39
msgid ""
"It is usually necessary to indicate that progress is taking place whenever "
"an operation takes more than around three seconds. This ensures that users "
"understand that they have to wait, and that an error has not occurred."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:41
msgid ""
"When indicating progress, the primary choice is between a progress bar or a "
"<link xref=\"progress-spinners\">progress spinner</link>. Progress bars "
"indicate how much of a task has been completed. They are therefore useful "
"for tasks that take a long time. As a rule of thumb, only use a progress bar "
"for tasks that take over 30 seconds. For tasks that have shorter periods, "
"<link xref=\"progress-spinners\">progress spinners</link> are often a better "
"choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/progress-bars.page:46
msgid "Types"
msgstr "Typen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:48
msgid "There are three types of progress bar:"
msgstr "Es gibt drei Typen von Fortschrittsbalken:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:51
msgid "Time-remaining: these indicate how much time remains in an operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:52
msgid ""
"Typical-time: these indicate how much time remains, based on an estimate of "
"the expected duration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:53
msgid ""
"Indeterminate: these only indicate that an operation is ongoing, not how "
"long it will take."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:56
msgid ""
"Accuracy is preferable for progress bars. Where possible, use a time-"
"remaining progress bar, followed by typical-time. Try to avoid using "
"indeterminate progress bars."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/progress-bars.page:61
msgid "Progress text"
msgstr "Fortschrittstext"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:63
msgid ""
"Each progress bar can include a text description. This text should provide "
"an idea of how much of the task has been completed. When deciding on "
"progress text:"
msgstr ""
"Jeder Fortschrittsbalken kann eine Textbeschreibung darstellen. Dieser Text "
"sollte vermitteln, wie lange es noch dauert, bis die Abarbeitung einer "
"Aufgabe abgeschlossen ist. Folgendes sollten Sie bei der Auswahl des Textes "
"bedenken:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:66
msgid "Always consider what is most relevant and interesting for the user."
msgstr ""
"Überlegen Sie, was für den Benutzer am relevantesten und interessantesten "
"ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:67
msgid ""
"It is often better to provide specific information rather than a unitless "
"percentage. For example, <gui>13 of 19 images rotated</gui> or <gui>12.1 of "
"30 MB downloaded</gui> rather than <gui>13% complete</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:68
msgid ""
"For long-running tasks, it can be desirable to show an estimate of the time "
"remaining in the progress bar text. If other relevant information isn't "
"available, this can be shown on its own. Alternatively, it can appear "
"alongside text about task progress; however, be careful not to overwhelm the "
"user with too much information when doing this, and use <link xref="
"\"typography\">typographic conventions</link> to differentiate the most "
"useful information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:69
msgid ""
"If the time remaining is an estimate, use the word <gui>about</gui>. For "
"example: <gui>About 3 minutes left</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Wenn die verbleibende Zeit nur ein Schätzwert ist, verwenden Sie das Wort "
"<gui>about</gui>. Beispiel: <gui>About 3 minutes left</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/progress-bars.page:75
msgid "Task stages"
msgstr "Zustände von Aufgaben"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:77
msgid ""
"Some tasks can be made up of a sequential series of stages, each of which "
"have different options for time estimation. It might be possible to estimate "
"the time remaining for part of a task, but not another part, for example. In "
"these situations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:80
msgid ""
"Only communicate the different stages in a task when they are relevant to a "
"user. Generally speaking, this will not be required, and it is not necessary "
"or desirable to communicate separate stages in a task."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:81
msgid ""
"If a task includes time-remaining and typical-time stages, try to create a "
"single composite typical-time progress bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:82
msgid ""
"If a task includes an indeterminate progress stage, the progress bar can "
"show indeterminate progress for part of the task. However, you should avoid "
"showing indeterminate progress bars for long periods of time, and should "
"attempt to keep the number of progress bar mode changes to an absolute "
"minimum. Avoid indeterminate progress wherever possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/progress-bars.page:88
msgid "Sub-tasks"
msgstr "Teilaufgaben"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:90
msgid ""
"If a task is comprised of multiple sub-tasks (such as downloading several "
"files simultaneously), it is generally advisable to show a single progress "
"bar which indicates composite progress for the overall task. However, there "
"are some situations where this might not be the case:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:93
msgid ""
"If it is genuinely useful for the user to know progress within each "
"individual sub-task. (As an alternative, completion of each sub-task can be "
"indicated with progress text.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:94
msgid ""
"If it might be necessary to pause or stop a sub-task (see the <link xref="
"\"#general-guidelines\">general guidelines</link> on this, below)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:95
msgid ""
"If sub-tasks are already indicated in your application's user interface. In "
"this case, it can be less disruptive to show a progress for each item inline."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:98
msgid "When showing progress bars for sub-tasks:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:101
msgid ""
"Each sub-task should conform to the usage guidelines for progress bars (see "
"<link xref=\"#when-to-use\">when to use</link>, above)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:102
msgid ""
"Generally speaking, it is not necessary to show a progress bar for overall "
"progress through the set of tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/progress-bars.page:108
msgid "Progress windows"
msgstr "Forschrittsfenster"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:110
msgid ""
"In the past, progress windows were a popular way to present progress bars. "
"These secondary windows would appear for the duration of a task, and would "
"contain one or more progress bars. In general, progress windows are not "
"recommended, since the consequence of closing the window can be unclear and "
"they can obscure useful controls and content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:112
msgid ""
"Where possible, progress bars should be displayed inline, and should have a "
"close visual relationship with the content items or controls which represent "
"the ongoing task."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:120
msgid ""
"If the operation in progress is potentially destructive or resource "
"intensive, consider placing a pause and/or cancel button close to the "
"progress bar."
msgstr ""
"Falls der in Bearbeitung befindliche Vorgang potenziell destruktiv oder "
"ressourcenintensiv ist, sollten Sie einen Pause- oder Abbrechen-Knopf am "
"Fortschrittsbalken platzieren."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:121
msgid ""
"Ensure that time-remaining and typical-time progress bars measure an "
"operation’s total time or total work, not just that of a single step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:122
msgid ""
"Update time-remaining progress bars when changes occur that will cause the "
"operation to finish more quickly or more slowly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:123
msgid ""
"When using a typical-time progress bar, if your application overestimates "
"the completed amount of work, the length of the bar can indicate <gui>almost "
"complete</gui> until the operation is complete. If your application "
"underestimates how much work is complete, fill the remaining portion of the "
"bar when the operation is complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-bars.page:132
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkProgressBar.html"
"\">GtkProgressBar</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkProgressBar.html"
"\">GtkProgressBar</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/progress-spinners.page:18
msgid "Progress spinners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:20
msgid ""
"Progress spinners are a common user interface element for indicating "
"progress in a task. In contrast to progress bars, they only indicate that "
"progress is taking place, and do not display the proportion of the task that "
"has been completed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/progress-spinners.page:22
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/progress-spinner.svg' "
"md5='9cfe1a10877e6776257f97c3011e17e0'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:27
msgid ""
"A progress indication is generally needed whenever an operation takes more "
"than around three seconds, and is necessary to indicate that an operation is "
"really taking place. Otherwise, a user will be left in doubt whether an "
"error has occurred."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:29
msgid ""
"At the same time, progress indications are a potential source of "
"distraction, especially when displayed for short periods of time. If an "
"operation takes less that 3 seconds, it is better to avoid using a progress "
"spinner, since animated elements that are shown for a very short amount of "
"time can detract from the overall user experience."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:31
msgid ""
"Spinners do not graphically show the degree of progress through a task, and "
"are often better-suited for shorter operations. If the task is likely to "
"take more than a minute, a <link xref=\"progress-bars\">progress bar</link> "
"might be a better choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:33
msgid ""
"The shape of progress spinners also affects their appropriateness for "
"different situations. Since they are effective at small sizes, spinners can "
"be easily embedded in small user interface elements, like lists or header "
"bars. Likewise, their shape means that they can be effective when embedded "
"within square or rectangular containers. On the other hand, if vertical "
"space is limited, a progress bar can be a better fit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:41
msgid ""
"If an operation can vary in how long it takes, use a timeout to only show a "
"progress spinner after three seconds have elapsed. A progress indication is "
"not needed for lengths of time below this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:42
msgid ""
"Place progress spinners close to or within the user interface elements they "
"relate to. If a button triggers a long-running operation, the spinner can be "
"placed next to that button, for example. When loading content, the spinner "
"should be placed within the area where that content will appear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:43
msgid ""
"Generally, only one progress spinner should be displayed at once. Avoid "
"showing a large number of spinners simultaneously - this will often be "
"visually overwhelming."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:44
msgid ""
"A label can be shown next to a spinner if it is helpful to clarify the task "
"which a spinner relates to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:45
msgid ""
"If a spinner is displayed for a long time, a label can indicate both the "
"identity of the task and progress through it. This can take the form of a "
"percentage, an indication of the time remaining or, or progress through sub-"
"components of the task (eg. modules downloaded, or pages exported)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/progress-spinners.page:54
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSpinner.html"
"\">GtkSpinner</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSpinner.html"
"\">GtkSpinner</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/radio-buttons.page:30
msgid "Radio buttons"
msgstr "Auswahlknöpfe"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:32
msgid ""
"Radio buttons are used in groups to select from a mutually exclusive set of "
"options. Only one radio button within a group may be set at any one time. As "
"with check boxes, do not use radio buttons to initiate actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/radio-buttons.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/radio-buttons.svg' "
"md5='6e392d4dfb0529a9c7ca892d80dfd22d'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:40
msgid ""
"Only use radio buttons in groups of at least two, never use a single radio "
"button on its own. To represent a single setting, use a check box or two "
"radio buttons, one for each state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:41
msgid ""
"Exactly one radio button should be set in the group at all times. The only "
"exception is when the group is showing the properties of a multiple "
"selection, when one or more of the buttons may be in their mixed state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:42
msgid ""
"Clicking a radio button should not affect the values of any other controls. "
"It may sensitize, insensitize, hide or show other controls, however."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:43
msgid ""
"If toggling a radio button affects the sensitivity of other controls, place "
"the radio button immediately to the left of the controls that it affects. "
"This helps to indicate that the controls are dependent on the state of the "
"radio button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:44
msgid ""
"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
"link> for radio button labels, for example <gui>Switched movement</gui>. "
"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> in "
"the label that allows the user to set the radio button directly from the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:45
msgid ""
"If the radio button represents a setting in a multiple selection that is set "
"for some objects in the selection and unset for others, show the radio "
"button in its mixed state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:46
msgid ""
"Do not place more than about eight radio buttons under the same group "
"heading. If you need more than eight, consider using a single-selection list "
"instead— but you probably also need to think about how to simplify your user "
"interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:47
msgid ""
"Try to align groups of radio buttons vertically rather than horizontally, as "
"this makes them easier to scan visually. Use horizontal or rectangular "
"alignments only if they greatly improve the layout of the window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/radio-buttons.page:56
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkRadioButton.html"
"\">GtkRadioButton</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkRadioButton.html"
"\">GtkRadioButton</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/search.page:7
msgid "Find and filter content by typing"
msgstr "Inhalte bei der Eingabe suchen und filtern"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/search.page:15
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Suchen"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/search.page:17
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/search.svg' "
"md5='f46da86233f8152b6acb5a06a6afd3b3'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/search.page:19
msgid ""
"Search allows content items to be located by filtering content that is "
"displayed on screen. It is distinct from find, which involves moving or "
"highlighting the content that is being searched for, rather than filtering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/search.page:24
msgid ""
"Provide search whenever a large collection of content is presented, and "
"those content items have a textual component. This could be a collection of "
"actual content items, such as documents, contacts or videos, or a list of "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/search.page:26
msgid ""
"Search is a great way to make it easy for users to find what it is they are "
"looking for, and its consistent availability means that users can rely on "
"and expect it to be present."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/search.page:28
msgid ""
"However, while search can be highly effective, and some users will use it, "
"others will not. Therefore, try to supplement other means for finding "
"content items with search, rather than relying on it exclusively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/search.page:33
msgid "The search bar"
msgstr "Die Suchleiste"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/search.page:35
msgid ""
"The standard pattern for search in GNOME 3 utilizes a special search bar "
"which slides down from beneath the header bar. In primary windows, the "
"search bar is typically hidden until it is activated by the user. There are "
"three common ways to activate search in this context:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:40
msgid ""
"Typing when a text entry field is not focused should activate search, and "
"the entered text should be added to the search field. This is called “type "
"to search”."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:41
msgid ""
"The keyboard shortcut for search (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></"
"keyseq>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:42
msgid ""
"A search button in the header bar should allow the search bar to be "
"displayed (the search button should toggle)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/search.page:45
msgid ""
"If search is a primary method for finding content in your application, you "
"can make the search bar permanently visible, or visible when the application "
"is first started."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/search.page:50
msgid "Search results"
msgstr "Suchergebnisse"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:53
msgid ""
"Search should be “live” wherever possible - the content view should update "
"to display search results as they are entered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:54
msgid ""
"In order to be effective, it is important that search results are quickly "
"returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:55
msgid ""
"If a search term does not return any results, ensure that feedback is given "
"in the content view. Often a simple \"No results\" label is sufficient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/search.page:61
msgid "Additional Guidance"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Richtlinien"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:64
msgid ""
"Be tolerant of mistakes in search terms. Matching misspellings or incorrect "
"terminology is one way to do this. Presenting suggestions for similar "
"matches or related content is another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:65
msgid ""
"Permit a broad range of matching search terms. This helps people who are "
"unsure of the exact term they require but who do know characteristics "
"associated with the item they want to find. A list of cities could return "
"matches for country or region, for example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:66
msgid ""
"Results should be ordered in a way that ensures that the most relevant items "
"are displayed first."
msgstr ""
"Die Ergebnisse sollten so geordnet werden, dass das relevanteste Ergebnis "
"zuerst angezeigt wird."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/search.page:74 C/text-fields.page:72
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSearchEntry.html"
"\">GtkSearchEntry</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSearchEntry.html"
"\">GtkSearchEntry</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/selection-mode.page:7
msgid "Pattern for selecting content items"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/selection-mode.page:15
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Markierungsmodus"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/selection-mode.page:17
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/selection-mode.svg' "
"md5='4e42fe1dc48ff2341a1354c0f8fec61a'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:19
msgid ""
"Selection mode is a design pattern for allow actions to be performed on "
"items of content. It is typically used in conjunction with lists and grids."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:21
msgid ""
"When selection mode is active, check boxes allow items to be selected, and "
"an action bar is shown at the bottom of the view. This contains the various "
"actions that can be performed on selected content items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:26
msgid "Selection mode is appropriate when:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:29
msgid ""
"It is common to perform actions simultaneously on multiple content items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:30
msgid "Multiple actions are available to be performed on content items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:31
msgid ""
"It is helpful for users to be able to perform actions on content items "
"without opening them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:34
msgid ""
"If it is more typical for users to perform actions on single content items, "
"you might want to consider another design pattern, such as a context menu. "
"Likewise, if there is only one action that can be performed on content "
"items, a variant of selection mode can be used (an overlaid button could "
"allow the action to be performed on items directly, rather than requiring "
"them to be selected first, for example)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/selection-mode.page:39
msgid "Activating selection mode"
msgstr "Aktivieren des Auswahlmodus"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:41
msgid ""
"The primary way of activating selection mode is through the selection mode "
"button, which is located in the header bar and which is identified by a "
"check mark icon. Selection mode can also be activated by rubber band "
"selection, or by holding Ctrl or Shift and clicking/pressing content items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/selection-mode.page:46
msgid "The action bar"
msgstr "Die Aktionsleiste"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:49
msgid ""
"Controls in the action bar should be insensitive when no items have been "
"selected. Sometimes actions may only be applied to multiple content items; "
"in this case the relevant controls should only be sensitive when multiple "
"items are selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:50
msgid "Controls in the action toolbar can have icons or text labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/selection-mode.page:51
msgid ""
"Groups of actions can be distinguished by placing them at either end of the "
"toolbar. Destructive actions, like delete, should be placed away from other "
"controls."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:7
msgid "Navigation sidebar that contains a list"
msgstr "Navigations-Seitenleiste, die eine Liste enthält"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:15
msgid "Sidebar lists"
msgstr "Listen in der Seitenleiste"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:17
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
"md5='a90375efbfc9915765fd1c224821f506'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:19
msgid ""
"A sidebar list allows different views to be switched between. Those views "
"can contain groups of content items, single content items, or sets of "
"controls. The sidebar divides the window in two, with content being shown on "
"the opposite pane to the sidebar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:21
msgid ""
"Sidebar lists can be used in primary windows, either as a permanent fixture "
"or an element that is shown on demand. They can also be used in dialog "
"windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:23
msgid ""
"Sidebar lists can be used in conjunction with the <link xref=\"search"
"\">search</link> and <link xref=\"selection-mode\">selection mode</link> "
"design patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:28
msgid ""
"Use a sidebar list when it is necessary to expose a larger number of views "
"than can be accommodated by a standard <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view "
"switcher</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:30
msgid ""
"Sidebar lists also provide a possible alternative to browser-style "
"navigation. They have a number of advantages here:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:33
msgid ""
"When content items have a narrow width, and don’t require an immersive "
"experience. A sidebar would be inappropriate for browsing videos for this "
"reason, but is well-suited to contacts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:34
msgid ""
"When content items are dynamic. For messaging applications, where new "
"content items appear or old ones are updated, a sidebar list provides the "
"ability for someone to view one item while simultaneously being aware of "
"updates to the overall message list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:35
msgid ""
"When it is possible to filter a collection of content, and there are a large "
"number of filters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:38
msgid ""
"Temporary sidebar lists can also be displayed for particular views in your "
"application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:46
msgid ""
"Order the list according to what is most useful for the users of your "
"application. It is often best to place recently updated items at the top of "
"the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:47
msgid ""
"Header bar controls which affect the sidebar list should be placed within "
"the list pane section of the header bar. Controls for search and selection "
"should be found above the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:48
msgid ""
"Each list row can include multiple lines of text, as well as images. "
"However, be careful to ensure that the most important information is not "
"lost, and work to ensure a clean and attractive appearance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:57
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkScrolledWindow.html"
"\">GtkScrolledWindow</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkScrolledWindow.html"
"\">GtkScrolledWindow</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sidebar-lists.page:58
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStackSidebar.html"
"\">GtkStackSidebar</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStackSidebar.html"
"\">GtkStackSidebar</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/sliders.page:30 C/spin-boxes.page:46
msgid "Sliders"
msgstr "Schieberegler"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/sliders.page:32
msgid "A slider allows the user to quickly select a value from a range."
msgstr ""
"Mit einem Schieberegler kann der Benutzer schnell zwischen den Werten "
"innerhalb eines Bereichs wählen."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/sliders.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/sliders.svg' "
"md5='08c58644b98d60ed3066db2d1b9cb765'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/sliders.page:39
msgid ""
"Sliders can be used to either change a value, or for navigation within a "
"content item, such as video, audio or even documents. Common uses include "
"seeking through audio or video, changing a zoom or volume level, or setting "
"values in image editors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/sliders.page:41
msgid "Use a slider when:"
msgstr "Verwenden Sie einen Schieberegler, wenn:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:44
msgid ""
"The range of values is fixed and ordered, and when adjusting the value "
"relative to its current value is more important than choosing an absolute "
"value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:45
msgid ""
"It is useful for the user to control the rate of change of the value in real "
"time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/sliders.page:48
msgid ""
"If the range of values does not have a fixed maximum and/or minimum, a <link "
"xref=\"spin-boxes\">spin box</link> can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:56
msgid ""
"Ensure that real time feedback is provided, in order to enable the user to "
"make live adjustments. Examples of this include sound from speakers, "
"indicating volume changes, or live feedback in an image editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:57
msgid "Take care to ensure that the purpose of a slider is clearly identified."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie sicher, dass der Zweck eines Schiebereglers klar identifizierbar "
"ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:59
msgid ""
"In cases where it is common to use a slider, follow placement conventions. "
"For example, in video players, it is common to situate a horizontal seek bar "
"along the bottom of the window. Simply placing a slider in this position is "
"enough to identify it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:60
msgid ""
"In other cases, label the slider with a text label above it or to its left, "
"using <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
"link>. Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</"
"link> in the label that allows the user to give focus directly to the slider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:62
msgid ""
"Mark significant values along the length of the slider with text or tick "
"marks. For example the left, right and center points on an audio balance "
"control in Figure 6-7."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:63
msgid ""
"For large ranges of integers (more than about 20), and for ranges of "
"floating point numbers, consider providing a <link xref=\"text-fields\">text "
"box</link> or <link xref=\"spin-boxes\">spin box</link> that is linked to "
"the slider’s value. This allows the user to quickly set or fine-tune the "
"setting more easily than they could with the slider control alone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:72
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHScale.html"
"\">GtkHSCale</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHScale.html"
"\">GtkHSCale</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/sliders.page:73
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHScale.html"
"\">GtkVSCale</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkHScale.html"
"\">GtkVSCale</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/spin-boxes.page:30
msgid "Spin boxes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:32
msgid ""
"A spin box is a text box that accepts a range of values. It incorporates two "
"buttons that allow the user to increase or decrease the value by a fixed "
"amount."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/spin-boxes.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/spin-boxes.svg' "
"md5='20028165e8679a34052a6d0b3342e088'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:39
msgid ""
"Use spin boxes to allow users to select numeric values, but only when those "
"values are meaningful or useful for users to know. If they aren't, a <link "
"xref=\"sliders\">slider</link> might be a better choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:41
msgid ""
"Use spin boxes for numerical input only. For non-numeric sets of options, a "
"<link xref=\"lists\">list</link> or <link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">drop-down "
"list</link> can be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:48
msgid ""
"In some cases, it is appropriate to link a spin button with a slider. This "
"combination allows both approximate control and the entry of specific "
"values. However, it is only useful if you want to cater to people who may "
"know a specific value that they want to use. Use a slider when:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:51
msgid ""
"Immediate feedback for changes in the spin box’s value is possible (such as "
"in the case of image editing)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:52
msgid ""
"It is useful for the user to control the rate of change of the value in real "
"time. For example, to monitor the effects of a color change in a live "
"preview window as they drag the RGB sliders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:61
msgid ""
"Label the spin box with a text label above it or to its left, using sentence "
"capitalization. Provide an access key in the label that allows the user to "
"give focus directly to the spin box."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:62
msgid ""
"Right-justify the contents of spin boxes, unless the convention in the "
"user’s locale demands otherwise. This is useful in windows where the user "
"might want to compare two numerical values in the same column of controls. "
"In this case, ensure the right edges of the relevant controls are also "
"aligned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/spin-boxes.page:71
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSpinButton.html"
"\">GtkSpinButton</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSpinButton.html"
"\">GtkSpinButton</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/switches.page:18
msgid "Switches"
msgstr "Schalter"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/switches.page:20
msgid "A switch is a simple interface element which has an on and off state."
msgstr ""
"Ein Schalter ist ein einfaches Bedienelement, das einen Ein- und einen Aus-"
"Status hat."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/switches.page:22
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/switches.svg' "
"md5='fcdd09d24a52d974f966c174b6ca04ad'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/switches.page:27
msgid ""
"Switches should be used for controlling services or hardware that have a "
"clear on/off logic. They are particularly appropriate when those services or "
"hardware do not activate immediately (ie. there is a delay between the "
"switch being operated and it having an effect), or when they affect the "
"operation of the application in a significant way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/switches.page:29
msgid ""
"When the control does not turn a function on or off, or when a function does "
"not clearly have an on/off nature, a <link xref=\"check-boxes\">check box</"
"link> is a more appropriate option. For example, an alarm might be "
"controlled using a switch, since it can be turned on or off. However, a "
"check box is a better choice for an option to repeat that alarm on a daily "
"basis, since alarm repetition is a configuration option, rather than "
"starting or stopping a particular piece of functionality."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/switches.page:31
msgid ""
"When in doubt, use switches for important configuration options, and check "
"boxes for minor sub-options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/switches.page:36
msgid "Switch labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/switches.page:38
msgid ""
"Switch labels should be written using <link xref=\"writing-"
"style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>. The name of the "
"function affected by the switch should be used as the label. <gui>Automatic "
"Location</gui> or <gui>Notifications</gui> are examples of good switch "
"labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/switches.page:46
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSwitch.html"
"\">GtkSwitch</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSwitch.html"
"\">GtkSwitch</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tabs.page:30
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Reiter"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tabs.page:32
msgid ""
"Tabs provide a way to break down a window into a series of views. They come "
"in two primary forms: fixed and dynamic."
msgstr ""
"Reiter unterteilen ein Fenster in mehrere Ansichten. Es gibt zwei Formen, "
"feste und dynamische Reiter."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tabs.page:34
msgid ""
"Fixed tabs provide an immutable set of predefined views, and are primarily "
"used in dialog windows. Dynamic tabs allow a window to contain mutable "
"selection of content items, such as pages, documents or images. They are "
"primarily used within <link xref=\"primary-windows\">primary windows</link>, "
"as a part of editor or browser applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/tabs.page:36
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/tabs.svg' "
"md5='3649ebe9f3c4137ac97afd407063585c'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tabs.page:41
msgid ""
"Use fixed tabs when a <link xref=\"dialogs\">dialog window</link> contains "
"too many controls (or too much information) to be comfortably presented at "
"once."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie feste Reiter, wenn ein <link xref=\"dialogs\">Dialogfenster</"
"link> zu viele Bedienelemente enthält (oder zu viele Informationen), die "
"nicht komfortabel auf einmal angezeigt werden können."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tabs.page:43
msgid ""
"Dynamic tabs are primarily useful for browser or editor applications, where "
"a user might want to use several locations or content items simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/tabs.page:48
msgid "Fixed tabs"
msgstr "Feste Reiter"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:51
msgid ""
"Do not use too many tabs. If you cannot see all the tabs without scrolling "
"or splitting them into multiple rows, you are probably using too many and "
"should use a list control instead."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie nicht zu viele Reiter. Wenn Sie ohne Scrollen oder Teilen in "
"mehrere Ansichten nicht alle Reiter anzeigen können, sollten Sie vielleicht "
"stattdessen eine Listenansicht verwenden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:52
msgid ""
"Label tabs with <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">header "
"capitalization</link>, and use nouns rather than verbs, for example "
"<gui>Font</gui> or <gui>Alignment</gui>. Try to give tab labels a similar "
"length."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:53
msgid ""
"Do not design tabs such that changing controls on one page affects the "
"controls on any other page. Users are unlikely to discover such dependencies."
msgstr ""
"Gestalten Sie Reiter nicht so, dass die Änderung von Bedienelementen auf "
"einer Seite die Bedienelemente auf einer anderen Seite beeinflusst. Es ist "
"unwahrscheinlich, dass Benutzer solche Abhängigkeiten entdecken."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:54
msgid "If a control affects every tab, place it outside the tabs."
msgstr ""
"Wenn ein Bedienelement jeden Reiter beeinflusst, platzieren Sie es außerhalb "
"der Reiter."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:55
msgid ""
"With fixed tabs, make the width of each tab proportional to the width of its "
"label. Don’t just set all the tabs to the same width, as this makes them "
"harder to scan visually, and limits the number of tabs you can display "
"without scrolling."
msgstr ""
"Legen Sie bei festen Reitern die Breite jedes Reiters proportional zu dessen "
"Beschriftung fest. Setzen Sie nicht alle Reiter auf die gleiche Breite, da "
"dies visuell schlechter erkennbar ist und die Anzahl der Reiter begrenzt, "
"die ohne Bildlauf angezeigt werden können."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/tabs.page:61
msgid "Dynamic tabs"
msgstr "Dynamische Reiter"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:64
msgid ""
"Tabs often have a constrained width, so ensure that tab labels are short and "
"concise, and that the most useful part of the label is displayed first. This "
"ensures that the label continues to be useful even when ellipsized."
msgstr ""
"Die Breite von Reitern ist oft beschränkt, so dass Sie sicherstellen "
"sollten, dass die Beschriftungen kurz und prägnant sind und der wichtigste "
"Teil der Beschriftung zuerst angezeigt wird. Das sorgt dafür, dass die "
"Bedeutung einer Beschriftung noch erkennbar ist, wenn ein Teil durch die "
"Unicode-Ellipsis verdeckt wird."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:65
msgid ""
"If the content of a tab changes or requires attention, a visual hint can be "
"displayed."
msgstr ""
"Wenn sich der Inhalt eines Reiters ändert oder Aufmerksamkeit erfordert, "
"kann ein visueller Hinweis angezeigt werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:66
msgid ""
"Provide a context menu on each tab. This menu should only include actions "
"for manipulating the tab itself, such as <gui>Move Left</gui>, <gui>Move "
"Right</gui>, <gui>Move to New Window</gui>, and <gui>Close</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie für jeden Reiter ein Kontextmenü bereit. Dieses Menü sollte nur "
"Aktionen anbieten, die die Manipulation des Reiters selbst betreffen, wie "
"<gui>Move Left</gui>, <gui>Move Right</gui>, <gui>Move to New Window</gui> "
"und <gui>Close</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:67
msgid ""
"If tabs are an important part of the application, a new tab button can be "
"placed in the header bar or toolbar. Do not show a new tab button in "
"applications where tabs will not always be used - keyboard shortcuts and/or "
"menu items are sufficient in these cases."
msgstr ""
"Falls Reiter ein wichtiger Teil der Anwendung sind, kann ein Knopf zum "
"Öffnen eines neuen Reiters in der Kopfleiste oder Werkzeugleiste platziert "
"werden. Verwenden Sie einen solchen Knopf nicht in Anwendungen, wo nicht "
"ständig Reiter angezeigt werden – Tastenkombinationen und/oder Menüeinträge "
"reichen in solchen Fällen aus."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/tabs.page:71
msgid "Standard Keyboard Shortcuts"
msgstr "Standard-Tastenkürzel"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tabs.page:73
msgid ""
"When using dynamic tabs, ensure that the standard keyboard shortcuts are "
"supported."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie bei der Verwendung dynamischer Reiter sicher, dass die Standard-"
"Tastenkombinationen unterstützt werden."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/tabs.page:77
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/tabs.page:78
msgid "Create a new tab"
msgstr "Einen neuen Reiter öffnen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/tabs.page:82
msgid "Close the current tab"
msgstr "Den aktuellen Reiter schließen"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/tabs.page:85
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild auf</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/tabs.page:86
msgid "Switch to the next tab"
msgstr "Zum nächsten Reiter wechseln"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/tabs.page:89
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild ab</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/tabs.page:90
msgid "Switch to the previous tab"
msgstr "Zum vorherigen Reiter wechseln"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tabs.page:102
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkNotebook.html"
"\">GtkNotebook</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkNotebook.html"
"\">GtkNotebook</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/text-fields.page:30
msgid "Text fields"
msgstr "Textfelder"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/text-fields.page:32
msgid ""
"A text entry field is an interface element for entering or editing text. It "
"is a basic element with a variety of uses, including search entry, settings "
"and preferences, or account configuration and setup. A text entry field can "
"be prefilled with text, and can include additional buttons or icons."
msgstr ""
"Ein Texteingabefeld ist ein Element der Benutzeroberfläche zur Eingabe oder "
"Bearbeitung von Text. Es ist ein grundlegendes Element mit weiten "
"Anwendungsmöglichkeiten, wie Suchzeilen, Einstellungen oder der Einrichtung "
"und einstellung von Benutzerkonten. ein Texteingabefeld kann bereits durch "
"vorgegebenen Text belegt sein und kann zusätzliche Knöpfe und Symbole "
"enthalten."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/text-fields.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/text-fields.svg' "
"md5='6ba8005ee1d8eaa67df3bbf77dbe1d2f'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:40
msgid ""
"Size text fields according to the likely size of the content they will "
"contain. This gives a useful visual cue to the amount of input expected and "
"prevents overflow."
msgstr ""
"Bestimmen Sie die Größe von Textfeldern anhand der wahrscheinlichen Größe "
"des Textes, den es beinhalten wird. Dies gibt dem Benutzer eine sinnvolle "
"visuelle Darstellung der zu erwartenden Eingabe und vermeidet überlaufenden "
"Text."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:41
msgid ""
"In an <link xref=\"dialogs#instant-and-explicit-apply\">instant-apply "
"dialog</link>, validate the contents of the entry field when it loses focus "
"or when the window is closed, not after each keypress. Exception: if the "
"field accepts only a fixed number of characters, such as a hexadecimal color "
"code, validate and apply the change as soon as that number of characters "
"have been entered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:42
msgid ""
"If you implement an entry field that only accepts certain characters, such "
"as digits, play the system warning beep when the user tries to type an "
"invalid character."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie ein Textfeld implementieren, dass nur bestimmte Zeichen akzeptiert, "
"wie beispielsweise Ziffern, lassen Sie einen Systemklang ertönen, wenn der "
"Benutzer versucht, ein unzulässiges Zeichen einzugeben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:43
msgid ""
"Normally, pressing <key>Tab</key> in a single-line entry field should move "
"focus to the next control, and in a multi-line entry field it should insert "
"a tab character. Pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> in "
"a multi-line entry field should move focus to the next control."
msgstr ""
"Normalerweise wird durch das Drücken der <key>Tabulatortaste</key> in einem "
"einzeiligen Textfeld der Fokus auf das nächste Bedienelement verschoben, in "
"einem mehrzeiligen Feld sollte dadurch ein Tabulatorzeichen eingefügt "
"werden. Durch Drücken von <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> in "
"einem mehrzeiligen Feld sollte dann der Fokus auf das nächste Bedienelement "
"verschoben werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:44
msgid ""
"If you need to provide a keyboard shortcut that inserts a tab character into "
"a single line entry field, use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></"
"keyseq>. You are unlikely to find many situations where this is useful, "
"however."
msgstr ""
"Sollte eine Tastenkombination zum Einfügen eines Tabulators in einem "
"einzeiligen Textfeld nötig sein, verwenden Sie dafür <keyseq><key>Strg</"
"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>. Allerdings werden Ihnen kaum Stituationen "
"begegnen, in denen das wirklich sinnvoll ist."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/text-fields.page:50
msgid "Embedding information and controls"
msgstr "Eingebettete Informationen und Bedienelemente"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/text-fields.page:52
msgid ""
"A variety of additional information or controls can be inserted within a "
"text entry field."
msgstr ""
"Eine Reihe von zusätzlichen Informationen oder Bedienelementen kann in ein "
"Textfeld eingebaut werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/text-fields.page:54
msgid ""
"Icons or icon buttons can be placed inside a text field to provide status "
"information or additional controls."
msgstr ""
"Symbole oder Symbolknöpfe können in ein Textfeld eingefügt werden, um "
"Statusinformationen oder zusäzliche Bedienmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung zu "
"stellen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An icon at the beginning of the entry can be used to indicate its purpose - "
"replacing the need for the entry to be labelled. Search entry fields are the "
"classic example of this, where a search icon is placed on the left side of "
"the entry field."
msgstr "Ein Symbol am Beginn eines Eintrags kann dessen Zweck verdeutlichen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:58
msgid ""
"If the text to be entered is case sensitive, a warning icon can be shown "
"inside the text field if caps lock is on. This is typically shown on the "
"right side of the entry."
msgstr ""
"Soll für den einzugebenden Text Groß- oder Kleinschreibung berücksichtigt "
"werden, können Sie im Textfeld ein Warnsymbol anzeigen lassen, das auf ein "
"eingeschaltetes Caps Lock hinweist. Dies wird üblicherweise an der rechten "
"Seite des Feldes platziert."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:59
msgid ""
"If it is common for the text field to be cleared, a clear icon button can be "
"placed inside the field, at the right side."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:60
msgid ""
"If you place an icon in a text entry field (either as an indicator or a "
"button), use its symbolic variant from the GNOME Symbolic Icon Theme."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/text-fields.page:63
msgid ""
"When a user would benefit from additional information in order to use a text "
"entry field, it can be prefilled with a hint text. As with any decision to "
"display additional information, this should only be done when it is "
"necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/text-fields.page:71
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkEntry.html"
"\">GtkEntry</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkEntry.html"
"\">GtkEntry</link>"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/toolbars.page:30
msgid "Toolbars"
msgstr "Werkzeugleisten"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/toolbars.page:32
msgid ""
"A toolbar is a strip of controls that allows convenient access to commonly-"
"used functions. Most toolbars only contain graphical buttons, but in more "
"complex applications, other types of controls such as drop-down lists, can "
"also be useful."
msgstr ""
"Eine Werkzeugleiste ist ein Streifen aus Bedienelementen, der bequemen "
"Zugriff auf häufig genutzte Funktionen bietet. Die meisten Werkzeugleisten "
"enthalten nur grafische Knöpfe, aber in komplexeren Situationen können auch "
"andere Bedienelemente sinnvoll sein, zum Beispiel Auswahllisten."

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/toolbars.page:34
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
"md5='381167837829a44d064aedec78b58b95'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/toolbars.page:39
msgid ""
"Use a toolbar to provide access to common actions, tools or options in "
"primary windows. <link xref=\"header-bars\">Header bars</link> also perform "
"this role, and a toolbar is generally not required if you are using header "
"bars."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie eine Werkzeugleiste zum Zugriff auf häufig verwendete "
"Aktionen, Werkzeuge oder Optionen in primären Fenstern. <link xref=\"header-"
"bars\">Kopfleisten</link> erfüllen diese Aufgabe ebenfalls. Eine "
"Werkzeugleiste ist generell nicht notwendig, wenn Sie Kopfleisten verwenden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/toolbars.page:41
msgid ""
"While toolbars are a common approach, there are cases where they are not the "
"most effective. Interfaces that focus on direct manipulation, or which make "
"heavy use of progressive disclosure, may provide a better alternative. Each "
"of these approaches requires more time and effort at the design stage, and "
"should only be pursued by those who are confident in pursuing more original "
"design solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/toolbars.page:49
msgid ""
"Only include controls for the most important functions. Having too many "
"toolbar controls reduces their efficiency by making them harder to find, and "
"too many rows of toolbars reduces the amount of screen space available to "
"the rest of the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/toolbars.page:50
msgid ""
"Utilize conventions for toolbars to increase familiarity. For example, the "
"main toolbar in an office application will nearly always have new, open and "
"save as its first three toolbar buttons. Similarly, the first buttons in a "
"browser application should be back and forward."
msgstr ""
"Bestücken Sie Werkzeugleisten nach den üblichen Konventionen, um eine "
"gewisse Vertrautheit aufzubauen. Beispielsweise wird die Hauptwerkzeugleiste "
"einer Büroanwendung fast immer Knöpfe wie Neu, Öffnen und Speichern an den "
"ersten drei Positionen zeigen. Auf ähnliche Weise werden die ersten "
"Werkzeugleistenknöpfe in einem Browser die Vor- und Zurück-Knöpfe sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/toolbars.page:51
msgid ""
"Place only the most commonly-used application functions on your toolbars. "
"Don’t just add buttons for every menu item."
msgstr ""
"Stellen Sie in Ihren Werkzeugleisten nur die am häufigsten genutzten "
"Anwendungsfunktionen bereit. Fügen Sie nicht für jeden Menüeintrag einen "
"Knopf hinzu."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/toolbars.page:52
msgid ""
"If you are using a <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bar</link>, ensure that it "
"includes all the functions that appear on you toolbar, either directly (i.e. "
"an equivalent menu item) or indirectly (e.g. in the <guiseq><gui>Options</"
"gui><gui>Settings</gui></guiseq> dialog)."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie eine <link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menüleiste</link> verwenden, stellen "
"Sie sicher, dass dort alle Funktionen enthalten sind, die in der "
"Werkzeugleiste angezeigt werden, entweder direkt (über einen entsprechenden "
"Menüeintrag) oder indirekt (beispielsweise im Dialog <guiseq><gui>Options</"
"gui><gui>Settings</gui></guiseq>)."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/toolbars.page:53
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Toolbars shouldn’t include buttons for <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>Close</gui> or "
"<gui>Quit</gui>, as these are rarely used and the space is better used for "
"more useful controls. Similarly, only provide buttons for <gui>Undo</gui>, "
"<gui>Redo</gui> and the standard clipboard functions if there is space on "
"the toolbar to do so without sacrificing more useful, application-specific "
"controls."
msgstr ""
"Werkzeugleisten sollten keine Knöpfe für <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>Close</gui> "
"oder <gui>Quit</gui> anzeigen, da diese selten verwendet werden und der "
"Platz besser für nützlichere Bedienelemente genutzt werden kann. "

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/toolbars.page:54
msgid ""
"Toolbar <link xref=\"buttons\">buttons</link> should have a relief, and icon "
"buttons should use <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#color-vs-symbolic"
"\">symbolic icons</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/toolbars.page:63
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkToolbar.html"
"\">GtkToolbar</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkToolbar.html"
"\">GtkToolbar</link>"

#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/typography.page:11
msgid "William Jon McCann"
msgstr "William Jon McCann"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/typography.page:14
msgid "Font sizes, weights and styles, and special characters."
msgstr "Schriftgrößen, -stärken und -stile sowie Sonderzeichen."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/typography.page:17
msgid "Typography"
msgstr "Typografie"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/typography.page:19
msgid ""
"Text is an important part of any user interface. Text size, positioning and "
"weight all contribute to the ability for text to convey information "
"effectively, and also play an important role in creating a beautiful "
"appearance."
msgstr ""
"Text ist ein wichtiger Teil jeder Benutzeroberfläche. Größe, Positionierung "
"und Schriftstärke tragen alle zur Fähigkeit des Textes bei, Informationen "
"effektiv zu vermitteln, und spielen auch bei wichtige Rolle beim Design "
"eines schönen Erscheinungsbildes."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/typography.page:22
msgid "Default fonts"
msgstr "Standardschriften"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/typography.page:24
msgid ""
"Wherever possible, use the default system fonts as provided by the "
"distribution or operating system on which your application is running. In "
"GNOME 3, the default font is Cantarell, which was originally designed and "
"developed by David Crossland."
msgstr ""
"Wo immer möglich, verwenden Sie die durch das System vorgegebenen Schriften, "
"die durch die Distribution oder das Betriebssystem bereitgestellt werden, "
"auf denen Ihre Anwendung läuft. In GNOME 3 wird Cantarell als "
"Standardschrift verwendet, die ursprünglich von David Crossland entworfen "
"und entwickelt wurde."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/typography.page:29
msgid "Variants, sizes and weights"
msgstr "Varianten, Größen und Schriftstärken"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/typography.page:31
msgid ""
"Different text weights and colors can and should be used to distinguish "
"different kinds of information. At the same time, too many variants, sizes, "
"and weights can make text harder to read and isn't an efficient or elegant "
"way to convey information. Make an effort to minimize the range of font "
"variants, sizes and weights."
msgstr ""
"Unterschiedliche Textstärken und -farben können und sollten dazu verwendet "
"werden, um unterschiedliche Arten von Informationen zu trennen. Andererseits "
"können zu viele Varianten, Größen und Schriftstärken den Text schwerer "
"lesbar machen. Dies wäre ein wenig effizienter und eleganter weg zum "
"Vermitteln von Informationen. Versuchen Sie, die Schriftvarianten, -größen "
"und -stärken so weit wie möglich zu beschränken."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/typography.page:34
msgid ""
"Use smaller and/or lighter text for less important information, and heavier/"
"darker text to attract attention to important text."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie kleineren oder helleren Text für weniger bedeutsame "
"Informationen, und größeren und dunkleren Text, um die Aufmerksamkeit auf "
"wichtige Teile zu lenken."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/typography.page:35
msgid ""
"Avoid the use of italic or oblique faces, as these are visually more "
"complex, and can be distracting."
msgstr ""
"Vermeiden Sie kursive oder geneigte Schriftschnitte, weil diese visuell "
"komplexer sind und ablenkend wirken können."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/typography.page:36
msgid ""
"Never capitalize every letter in a word or sentence. Shouting at your users "
"isn't nice."
msgstr ""
"Schreiben Sie niemals in einem Wort oder Satz jeden Buchstaben groß. "
"Anbrüllen Ihrer Benutzer ist nicht schön."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/typography.page:37
msgid ""
"Do not use graphical backdrops or \"watermarks\" behind text. These "
"interfere with the contrast between the text and its background."
msgstr ""
"Unterlegen Sie Text nicht mit grafischen Hintergründen oder »Wasserzeichen«. "
"Diese überlagern sich mit dem Kontrast zwischen dem Text und seinem "
"Hintergrund."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/typography.page:43
msgid "Take advantage of Unicode"
msgstr "Nutzen Sie die Vorteile von Unicode"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/typography.page:45
msgid ""
"Unicode provides a wide variety of characters which, when used correctly, "
"can dramatically improve the impression given by your application. The "
"following Unicode characters are recommended:"
msgstr ""
"Unicode stellt eine breite Auswahl an Zeichen bereit, die bei korrekter "
"Verwendung den durch Ihre Anwendung vermittelten Eindruck dramatisch "
"verbessern können. Die folgenden Unicode-Zeichen sind empfehlenswert:"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:50
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "Verwendung"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:50
msgid "Incorrect"
msgstr "Inkorrekt"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:50
msgid "Correct"
msgstr "Korrekt"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:50
msgid "Unicode to use"
msgstr "Zu verwendender Unicode"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:55
msgid "Quotation"
msgstr "Zitierung"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:55
msgid "\"quote\""
msgstr "\"quote\""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:55
msgid "“quote”"
msgstr "“quote”"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:55
msgid "U+201C LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK, U+201D RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK"
msgstr "U+201C LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK, U+201D RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:58
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Zeit"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:58
msgid "4:20"
msgstr "4:20"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:58
msgid "4∶20"
msgstr "4∶20"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:58
msgid "U+2236 RATIO"
msgstr "U+2236 RATIO"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:61
msgid "Multiplication"
msgstr "Multiplikation"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:61
msgid "1024x768"
msgstr "1024x768"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:61
msgid "1024×768"
msgstr "1024×768"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:61
msgid "U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN"
msgstr "U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:64
msgid "Ellipsis"
msgstr "Ellipse"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:64
msgid "Introducing..."
msgstr "Introducing..."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:64
msgid "Introducing…"
msgstr "Introducing…"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:64
msgid "U+2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS"
msgstr "U+2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:67
msgid "Apostrophe"
msgstr "Apostroph"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:67
msgid "The user's preferences"
msgstr "The user's preferences"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:67
msgid "The user’s preferences"
msgstr "The user’s preferences"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:67
msgid "U+2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK"
msgstr "U+2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:70
msgid "Bullet list"
msgstr "Aufzählungsliste"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:70
msgid "- One\\n- Two\\n- Three"
msgstr "- One\\n- Two\\n- Three"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:70
msgid "• One\\n • Two\\n • Three"
msgstr "• One\\n • Two\\n • Three"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:70
msgid "U+2022 BULLET"
msgstr "U+2022 BULLET"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:73
msgid "Ranges"
msgstr "Bereiche"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:73
msgid "June-July 1967"
msgstr "June-July 1967"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:73
msgid "June–July 1967"
msgstr "June–July 1967"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/typography.page:73
msgid "U+2013 EN DASH"
msgstr "U+2013 EN DASH"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/ui-elements.page:14
msgid "User interface elements"
msgstr "Elemente der Benutzeroberfläche"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/ui-elements.page:16
msgid ""
"User interface elements are the building blocks for application interfaces. "
"The guidelines in this section are intended to help you get the details of "
"your design right. It is recommended that you ensure that you are familiar "
"with the <link xref=\"patterns\">design patterns</link> before you use this "
"section."
msgstr ""
"Die Elemente der Benutzerschnittstelle sind die Bausteine von "
"Anwendungsoberflächen. Die Richtlinien in diesem Abschnitt wollen Ihnen "
"dabei helfen, Details des richtigen Design zu vermitteln. Wir empfehlen, "
"dass Sie sich mit den <link xref=\"patterns\">Designmustern</link> vertraut "
"machen, bevor Sie diesen Abschnitt lesen."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/view-switchers.page:7
msgid "Toggle buttons that change the view, like tabs"
msgstr "Umschaltknöpfe zum Wechseln der Ansicht, wie Reiter"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/view-switchers.page:15
msgid "View switchers"
msgstr "Ansichtswechsler"

#. (itstool) path: page/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/view-switchers.page:17
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/patterns/view-switcher.svg' "
"md5='9cbb7e513e48f505ce15d67a9d44e833'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:19
msgid ""
"A view switcher is a control that allows switching between a number of "
"predefined views. It appears as a set of toggle buttons that are placed in "
"the center of a header bar."
msgstr ""
"Ein Ansichtswechsler ist ein Bedienelement, dass den Wechsel zwischen "
"mehreren vordefinierten Ansichten ermöglicht. Es erscheint als Reihe von "
"Umschaltknöpfen, die in der Mitte einer Kopfleiste angezeigt werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:24
msgid "There are two primary cases when a view switcher is appropriate:"
msgstr ""
"Es gibt zwei primäre Anwendungsfälle, in denen ein Ansichtswechsler "
"angemessen ist:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:27
msgid ""
"When presenting content, and it is useful to be able to view different sets "
"or sub-sets of content. For example, a music application could show "
"different views for artists, albums and playlists."
msgstr ""
"Bei der Darstellung von Inhalten, wenn es sinnvollerweise möglich sein soll, "
"zwischen verschiedenen Bereichen oder Unterbereichen zu wechseln. "
"Beispielsweise könnte eine Anwendung zur Musikwiedergabe verschiedene "
"Ansichten für Künstler, Alben und Wiedergabelisten anzeigen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:28
msgid ""
"If your application provides discrete groups of functionality which are "
"typically used independently."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Ihre Anwendung diskrete Funktionalitätsgruppen bereitstellt, die "
"üblicherweise unabhängig voneinander verwendet werden."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:31
msgid ""
"As a rule of thumb, a view switcher should contain between three and five "
"views. If you have more views, a <link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">sidebar list</"
"link> might be a more appropriate view switching control."
msgstr ""
"Als Faustregel sollte ein Ansichtswechsler drei bis fünf Ansichten "
"enthalten. Sind weitere Ansichten verfügbar, ist eine <link xref=\"sidebar-"
"lists\">Liste in der Seitenleiste</link> eine sinnvollere Lösung zum "
"Wechseln zwischen Ansichten."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/view-switchers.page:36
msgid "Additional guidelines"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Richtlinien"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:39
msgid "Each view should have a short and clear title."
msgstr "Jede Ansicht sollte einen kurzen und prägnanten Titel haben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:40
msgid ""
"Buttons in the view switcher widget can indicate when there is activity in a "
"view."
msgstr ""
"Knöpfe im Ansichtswechsler können anzeigen, ob es Aktivität in einer Ansicht "
"gibt."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:48
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStack.html"
"\">GtkStack</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStack.html"
"\">GtkStack</link>"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/view-switchers.page:49
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStackSwitcher.html"
"\">GtkStackSwitcher</link>"
msgstr ""
"<link href=\"https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkStackSwitcher.html"
"\">GtkStackSwitcher</link>"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/visual-layout.page:23
msgid "Arranging elements within a user interface."
msgstr "Anordnung von Elementen in einer Benutzeroberfläche."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/visual-layout.page:26
msgid "Visual layout"
msgstr "Visuelles Layout"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:28
msgid ""
"The visual layout of controls, information and content affects how easy it "
"is to understand your application, as well as how beautiful it is. It is "
"important to recognise that visual design has a strong impact on how much "
"work is involved in using an application - poor layout results in users "
"having to put in additional effort, while good layout requires less effort."
msgstr ""
"Das visuelle Layout von Bedienelementen, Informationen und Inhalten "
"beeinflusst, wie einfach Ihre Anwendung zu verstehen ist und auch den "
"ästhetischen Eindruck. Es ist wichtig zu verstehen, dass das visuelle Design "
"einen bedeutenden Einfluss darauf hat, wie viel Aufwand bei der Arbeit mit "
"einer Anwendung nötig ist. Ein minderwertiges Layout verursacht dem Benutzer "
"zusätzlichen Aufwand, der durch ein gutes und durchdachtes Layout reduziert "
"werden kann."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:30
msgid ""
"Following these visual layout guidelines will help you to produce an "
"application that is beautiful, easy to understand, and efficient to use."
msgstr ""
"Diese Richtlinien zum visuellen Layout helfen Ihnen dabei, eine Anwendung zu "
"entwickeln, die schön, einfach zu verstehen und effizient zu benutzen ist."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:36
msgid ""
"An alignment point is an imaginary vertical or horizontal line through your "
"window that touches the edge of one or more labels or controls in the "
"window. Minimize the number of these - the fewer there are, the cleaner and "
"simpler your layout will appear, and the easier it will be for people to "
"understand."
msgstr ""
"Ein Ausrichtungspunkt ist eine imaginäre vertikale oder horizontale Linie im "
"Fenster, die den Rand von einem oder mehreren Bedienelementen oder "
"Beschriftungen im Fenster berührt. Minimieren Sie die Anzahl solcher Linien "
"– je weniger, umso sauberer und klarer wird das Layout wirken und von "
"Benutzern leichter zu verstehen sein."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:37
msgid ""
"Align content and controls in your layout exactly. The eye is very sensitive "
"to aligned and unaligned objects. If visual elements do not line up, it will "
"be hard for someone to scan them. Elements that do not quite line up will be "
"distracting."
msgstr ""
"Richten Sie Inhalte und Bedienelemente in Ihrem Layout exakt aus. Das Auge "
"ist sehr empfindlich in der Unterscheidung von ausgerichteten und nicht "
"ausgerichteten Elementen. Sind visuelle Elemente nicht »aufgereiht«, sind "
"sie schwerer erkennbar. Nicht ausgerichtete Elemente wirken ablenkend."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:38
msgid "Be consistent. Use the same amounts of spacing throughout."
msgstr ""
"Achten Sie auf Konsistenz. Verwenden Sie durchgehend gleiche Auffüllbreiten."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:39
msgid ""
"Organize related controls and information into groups, and use spacing to "
"differentiate them. This makes an interface far easier to read and "
"understand."
msgstr ""
"Ordnen Sie zusammengehörige Bedienelemente und Informationen in Gruppen an "
"und verwenden Sie Aufüllungen, um sie zu differenzieren. Dadurch wird eine "
"Benutzeroberfläche viel leichter lesbar und verständlicher."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"As a rule of thumb, leave space between elements in increments of 6 pixels, "
"going up as the relationship between related elements becomes more distant."
msgstr "Als Faustregel sollten Sie zwischen "

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:42
msgid "Between labels and associated components, leave 12 horizontal pixels."
msgstr ""
"Lassen Sie zwischen Beschriftungen und zugehörigen Komponenten 12 "
"horizontale Pixel Platz."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:43
msgid ""
"For vertical spacing between groups of components, 18 pixels is adequate."
msgstr ""
"Für den vertikalen Abstand von Komponentengruppen sind 18 Pixel angemessen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:44
msgid ""
"A general padding of 18 pixels is recommended between the contents of a "
"dialog window and the window borders."
msgstr ""
"Eine generelle Aufüllung von 18 Pixeln wird für Dialogfenster zwischen "
"Inhalt und Fensterrändern empfohlen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:46
msgid "Indent elements by 12 pixels to denote hierarchy and association."
msgstr ""
"Rücken Sie Elemente um 12 Pixel ein, um Hierarchie und Zugehörigkeit "
"darzustellen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:47
msgid ""
"Avoid using frames with visible borders to separate groups of controls - use "
"spacing and headers instead."
msgstr ""
"Vermeiden Sie Rahmen mit sichtbaren Rändern, um Gruppen von Bedienelementen "
"voneinander zu trennen – verwenden Sie stattdessen Abstände und "
"Überschriften."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:50
msgid "Incorrect spacing and alignment:"
msgstr "Inkorrekte Abstände und Ausrichtung:"

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/visual-layout.page:51
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-incorrect.svg' "
"md5='d9dbdd27f8309e13ca2b7d71f51c0ca2'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:53
msgid "Correct spacing and alignment:"
msgstr "Korrekte Abstände und Ausrichtung:"

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/visual-layout.page:54
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-correct.svg' "
"md5='c918add24fa74f4eda5cde1c0ec61163'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:56
msgid "Correct spacing, with units (pixels):"
msgstr "Korrekte Abstände, mit Einheiten (Pixel):"

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/visual-layout.page:57
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-spacing.svg' "
"md5='66643d65d5c1359f986331ee691410d6'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/visual-layout.page:62
msgid "Label alignment"
msgstr "Ausrichtung von Beschriftungen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:64
msgid ""
"If possible, right-justify labels (see the diagram below). This will avoid "
"large gaps between labels and their associated controls. This type of right-"
"justification is not possible if you have indented controls: here left-"
"justification should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/visual-layout.page:66
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='figures/label-alignment.svg' "
"md5='a55236576c454a29127913bf6fc6335e'"
msgstr "original"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/visual-layout.page:71
msgid "Visual hierarchy"
msgstr "Visuelle Hierarchie"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/visual-layout.page:73
msgid ""
"Organize visual elements from top-to-bottom and left-to-right. This is the "
"direction that people from western locales tend to read an interface, so "
"that the items at the top-left will be encountered first. This ordering "
"gives interfaces a hierarchy: those components that are viewed first are "
"perceived to have priority over those that come after them. For this reason, "
"you should place dominant controls above and to the left of the controls and "
"content that they affect. Header bars are a key design pattern in this "
"respect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: credit/name
#: C/writing-style.page:26
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"

#. (itstool) path: credit/years
#: C/writing-style.page:28
msgid "2015"
msgstr "2015"

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/writing-style.page:37
msgid "Writing style"
msgstr "Schreibstil"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/writing-style.page:39
msgid ""
"Text plays an important role in user interfaces. Take the time to ensure "
"that any text you use is clearly written and easy to understand."
msgstr ""
"Texte spielen in Benutzeroberflächen eine entscheidende Rolle. Nehmen Sie "
"sich die Zeit und prüfen Sie, ob jeglicher Text klar und deutlich "
"geschrieben und leicht verständlich ist."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:44
msgid ""
"Your main goal should be to ensure that text is easy to understand and quick "
"to read."
msgstr ""
"Ihr Hauptziel sollte es sein, dass Texte leicht zu verstehen und schnell zu "
"lesen sind."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:47
msgid ""
"Keep text short and to the point. This improves speed of comprehension for "
"the user. It also reduces the expansion of text when translated (remember "
"that translated English text can expand up to 30% in some languages)."
msgstr ""
"Halten Sie Texte kurz und knapp. So kann ein Benutzer die Information "
"schneller aufnehmen. Dadurch wird auch die Vergrößerung der übersetzten "
"Textversionen verringert. Denken Sie daran, dass in manchen Sprachen Texte "
"30 Prozent größer werden können im Vergleich zum englischen Original."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:48
msgid ""
"Do not shorten your text to the point of losing meaning. A three-word label "
"that provides clear information is better than a one-word label that is "
"ambiguous or vague. Try to find the fewest possible words to satisfactorily "
"convey the meaning of your label."
msgstr ""
"Kürzen Sie Ihren Text nicht so weit, dass seine Bedeutung nicht klar wird. "
"Eine Beschriftung aus drei Wörtern liefert klarere Informationen als ein "
"einziges Wort, das zweideutig oder unklar ist. Versuchen Sie stets, die "
"Bedeutung einer Beschriftung mit so wenig Wörtern wie möglich und so vielen "
"wie nötig auszudrücken."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:49
msgid ""
"Use words, phrases, and concepts that are familiar to the people who will be "
"using your application, rather than terms from the underlying system. This "
"may mean using terms that are associated with the tasks your application "
"supports. For example, in medicine, the paper folder that contains patient "
"information is called a “chart”. Hence, a medical application might refer to "
"a patient record as a “chart” rather than as a “patient database record”."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie Wörter, Phrasen und Konzepte, mit denen die Zielgruppe Ihrer "
"Anwendung vertraut ist, und keine Begriffe aus dem zugrunde liegenden "
"System. Das beinhaltet Begriffe, die im Umfeld Ihrer Anwendung üblicherweise "
"verwendet werden. In der Medizin beispielsweise ist der Hefter, der die "
"Patientendaten enthält, eine »Karte«. Daher sollte in einer Anwendung mit "
"Zielgruppe in der Medizin natürlich auch dieser Begriff verwendet werden und "
"nicht etwa »Patienten-Datensatz«."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:50
msgid ""
"Text should adopt a neutral tone and speak from the point of view of the "
"product. Pronouns like “you” or \"my” should therefore be avoided wherever "
"possible. However, if they are unavoidable “your” is preferable to “my”."
msgstr ""
"Texte sollten in einem neutralen Ton verfasst sein und aus der Richtung des "
"Produkts sprechen. Pronomen wie »you« oder »my« sollten Sie vermeiden, wo "
"immer es möglich ist. Wenn es gar nicht anders geht, dann sollten Sie »your« "
"vor »my« den Vorzug geben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:51
msgid ""
"Use the standard GNOME terms when referring to parts of the user interface, "
"such as “pointer” and “window”. The HIG can be used as a reference in this "
"regard."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie die GNOME-Standardbegriffe, wenn Sie sich auf Teile der "
"Benutzerschnittstelle beziehen, wie »pointer« oder »window«. Die Richtlinien "
"für Benutzeroberflächen können in diesem Zusammenhang als Referenz dienen."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:52
msgid "Avoid repetition where possible."
msgstr "Vermeiden Sie Wiederholungen, wenn möglich."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:53
msgid ""
"Sentences should not be constructed from text in several controls, and each "
"label should be treated as being self-contained. Sentences that run from one "
"control to another will often not make sense when translated into other "
"languages."
msgstr ""
"Sätze sollten nicht aus verschiedenen Bedienelementen konstruiert werden, "
"und jede Beschriftung sollte als in sich abgeschlossen betrachtet werden. "
"Sätze, die über mehrere Bedienelemente verlaufen, ergeben oft keinen Sinn "
"mehr, wenn sie in andere Sprachen übersetzt werden."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:54
msgid ""
"Latin abbreviations such as “ie” or “eg” should be avoided, since they can't "
"always be easily translated and can be unintelligable when read by screen "
"readers. Instead, use full words like “for example”."
msgstr ""
"Vermeiden Sie lateinische Abkürzungen wie »ie« oder »eg«, da diese nicht "
"immer problemlos übersetzt werden können und auch von Bildschirmlesern nicht "
"immer sinnvoll erfasst werden können. Verwenden sie stattdessen vollständige "
"Wörter wie »for example«."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/writing-style.page:60
msgid "Capitalization"
msgstr "Großschreibung"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:62
msgid ""
"Two styles of capitalization are used in GNOME user interfaces: header "
"capitalization and sentence capitalization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/writing-style.page:65
msgid "Header capitalization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:67
msgid ""
"Header capitalization should be used for any headings, including header bar "
"headings and page, tab and menu titles. It should also be used for short "
"control labels that do not normally form proper sentences, such as button "
"labels, switch labels and menu items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:69 C/writing-style.page:87
msgid "Capitalize the first letter of:"
msgstr "Schreiben Sie den Anfangsbuchstaben groß in:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:72
msgid "All words with four or more letters."
msgstr "allen Wörtern mit mehr als vier Buchstaben."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:73
msgid "Verbs of any length, such as “Be”, “Are”, “Is”, “See” and “Add”."
msgstr "Verben beliebiger Länge, wie »Be«, »Are«, »Is«, »See« und »Add«."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:74
msgid "The first and last word."
msgstr "Das erste und letzte Wort."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:75
msgid "Hyphenated words; for example: “Self-Test” or “Post-Install”."
msgstr ""
"Wörtern mit Bindestrichen, zum Beispiel »Self-Test« oder »Post-Install«."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:78
msgid ""
"For example: “Create a Document”, “Find and Replace”, “Document Cannot Be "
"Found”."
msgstr ""
"Beispiele: »Create a Document«, »Find and Replace«, »Document Cannot Be "
"Found«."

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/writing-style.page:83
msgid "Sentence capitalization"
msgstr "Großschreibung in Sätzen"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:85
msgid ""
"Sentence capitalization should be used for labels that form sentences or "
"that run on to other text, including labels for check boxes, radio buttons, "
"sliders, text entry boxes, field labels and combobox labels. It should also "
"be used for explanatory or body text, such as in dialogs or notifications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:90
msgid "The first word."
msgstr "Das erste Wort."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/writing-style.page:91
msgid "Any words normally capitalized in sentences, such as proper nouns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:94
msgid ""
"For example: “The document cannot be found in this location.” “Finding "
"results for London.”"
msgstr ""
"Zum Beispiel: “The document cannot be found in this location.” “Finding "
"results for London.”"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/writing-style.page:100
msgid "Ellipses (…)"
msgstr "Ellipsen (…)"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:102
msgid ""
"Use an ellipsis (…) at the end of a label if further input or confirmation "
"is required from the user before the action can be carried out. For example, "
"<gui>Save As…</gui>, <gui>Find…</gui> or <gui>Delete…</gui>."
msgstr ""
"Verwenden Sie die Unicode-Ellipsis (…) am Ende einer Beschriftung, wenn "
"weitere Eingaben oder Bestätigungen erforderlich ist, bevor die Aktion "
"ausgeführt werden kann. Beispiele hierfür sind <gui>Save As…</gui>, "
"<gui>Find…</gui> oder <gui>Delete…</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/writing-style.page:106
msgid ""
"Do not add an ellipsis to labels such as <gui>Properties</gui> or "
"<gui>Preferences</gui>. While these commands open windows that can "
"incorporate further functionality, the label does not specify an action, and "
"therefore does not need to communicate that further input or confirmation is "
"required."
msgstr ""